Adding upstream version 6.0.4-dfsg.upstream/6.0.4-dfsgupstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

64 files changed, 10545 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3c7a7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e258946b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE		= ipcd
+DIRS        = lock transmngr dconnect
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/Makefile.kup b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/Makefile.kup
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/Makefile.kup
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6a89153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+DIRS        = public src
+
+ifdef ENABLE_TESTS
+DIRS		+= test
+endif
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/Makefile.kup b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/Makefile.kup
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/Makefile.kup
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/public/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/public/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2b3dbaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/public/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE		= ipcd
+XPIDL_MODULE= ipcd_dconnect
+
+XPIDLSRCS	= \
+			ipcIDConnectService.idl \
+			$(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/public/ipcIDConnectService.idl b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/public/ipcIDConnectService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ca16a2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/public/ipcIDConnectService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et cindent: */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2004
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * This service provides methods similar to nsIComponentManager and
+ * nsIServiceManager.  A ClientID parameter specifies the remote process
+ * in which the object should live.
+ *
+ * ipcIService can be used to determine the ClientID of a remote process.
+ *
+ * It is assumed that both processes have access to the same typelibs.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(fe07ed16-2710-4a1e-a4e2-81302b62bf0e)]
+interface ipcIDConnectService : nsISupports
+{
+  void createInstance(
+    in unsigned long aClientID,
+    in nsCIDRef aClass,
+    in nsIIDRef aIID,
+    [iid_is(aIID),retval] out nsQIResult result
+  );
+
+  void createInstanceByContractID(
+    in unsigned long aClientID,
+    in string aContractID,
+    in nsIIDRef aIID,
+    [iid_is(aIID),retval] out nsQIResult result
+  );
+
+  void getService(
+    in unsigned long aClientID,
+    in nsCIDRef aClass,
+    in nsIIDRef aIID,
+    [iid_is(aIID),retval] out nsQIResult result
+  );
+
+  void getServiceByContractID(
+    in unsigned long aClientID,
+    in string aContractID,
+    in nsIIDRef aIID,
+    [iid_is(aIID),retval] out nsQIResult result
+  );
+};
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9efaadf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE				= ipcd
+LIBRARY_NAME		= ipcddconnect_s
+FORCE_STATIC_LIB	= 1
+MODULE_NAME			= ipcd
+
+FORCE_USE_PIC	= 1
+
+REQUIRES	= \
+			xpcom \
+			string \
+			$(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS		= \
+			ipcDConnectService.cpp \
+			$(NULL)
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
+			-I$(srcdir)/../../../shared/src \
+			$(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/Makefile.kup b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/Makefile.kup
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/Makefile.kup
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/ipcDConnectService.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/ipcDConnectService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db36313b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/ipcDConnectService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4217 @@
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et cindent: */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2004
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
+ *   Dmitry A. Kuminov <dmik@innotek.de>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "ipcDConnectService.h"
+#include "ipcMessageWriter.h"
+#include "ipcMessageReader.h"
+#include "ipcLog.h"
+
+#include "nsIServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceInfo.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceInfoManager.h"
+#include "nsIExceptionService.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "nsVoidArray.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "nsDeque.h"
+#include "xptcall.h"
+
+#ifdef VBOX
+# include <map>
+# include <list>
+# include <iprt/err.h>
+# include <iprt/req.h>
+# include <iprt/mem.h>
+# include <iprt/time.h>
+# include <iprt/thread.h>
+#endif /* VBOX */
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED)
+
+#if !defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+#include "nsIThread.h"
+#include "nsIRunnable.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && !defined(DCONNECT_STATS)
+#define DCONNECT_STATS
+#endif
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_STATS)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+// XXX TODO:
+//  1. add thread affinity field to SETUP messages
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define DCONNECT_IPC_TARGETID                      \
+{ /* 43ca47ef-ebc8-47a2-9679-a4703218089f */       \
+  0x43ca47ef,                                      \
+  0xebc8,                                          \
+  0x47a2,                                          \
+  {0x96, 0x79, 0xa4, 0x70, 0x32, 0x18, 0x08, 0x9f} \
+}
+static const nsID kDConnectTargetID = DCONNECT_IPC_TARGETID;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define DCON_WAIT_TIMEOUT PR_INTERVAL_NO_TIMEOUT
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//
+// +--------------------------------------+
+// | major opcode : 1 byte                |
+// +--------------------------------------+
+// | minor opcode : 1 byte                |
+// +--------------------------------------+
+// | flags        : 2 bytes               |
+// +--------------------------------------+
+// .                                      .
+// . variable payload                     .
+// .                                      .
+// +--------------------------------------+
+//
+
+// dconnect major opcodes
+#define DCON_OP_SETUP   1
+#define DCON_OP_RELEASE 2
+#define DCON_OP_INVOKE  3
+
+#define DCON_OP_SETUP_REPLY  4
+#define DCON_OP_INVOKE_REPLY 5
+
+// dconnect minor opcodes for DCON_OP_SETUP
+#define DCON_OP_SETUP_NEW_INST_CLASSID    1
+#define DCON_OP_SETUP_NEW_INST_CONTRACTID 2
+#define DCON_OP_SETUP_GET_SERV_CLASSID    3
+#define DCON_OP_SETUP_GET_SERV_CONTRACTID 4
+#define DCON_OP_SETUP_QUERY_INTERFACE     5
+
+// dconnect minor opcodes for RELEASE
+// dconnect minor opcodes for INVOKE
+
+// DCON_OP_SETUP_REPLY and DCON_OP_INVOKE_REPLY flags
+#define DCON_OP_FLAGS_REPLY_EXCEPTION   0x0001
+
+// Within this time all the worker threads must be terminated.
+#define VBOX_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT_MS  (5000)
+
+#pragma pack(1)
+
+struct DConnectOp
+{
+  PRUint8  opcode_major;
+  PRUint8  opcode_minor;
+  PRUint16 flags;
+  PRUint32 request_index; // initialized with NewRequestIndex
+};
+
+// SETUP structs
+
+struct DConnectSetup : DConnectOp
+{
+  nsID iid;
+};
+
+struct DConnectSetupClassID : DConnectSetup
+{
+  nsID classid;
+};
+
+struct DConnectSetupContractID : DConnectSetup
+{
+  char contractid[1]; // variable length
+};
+
+struct DConnectSetupQueryInterface : DConnectSetup
+{
+  DConAddr instance;
+};
+
+// SETUP_REPLY struct
+
+struct DConnectSetupReply : DConnectOp
+{
+  DConAddr instance;
+  nsresult status;
+  // optionally followed by a specially serialized nsIException instance (see
+  // ipcDConnectService::SerializeException) if DCON_OP_FLAGS_REPLY_EXCEPTION is
+  // present in flags
+};
+
+// RELEASE struct
+
+struct DConnectRelease : DConnectOp
+{
+  DConAddr instance;
+};
+
+// INVOKE struct
+
+struct DConnectInvoke : DConnectOp
+{
+  DConAddr instance;
+  PRUint16 method_index;
+  // followed by an array of in-param blobs
+};
+
+// INVOKE_REPLY struct
+
+struct DConnectInvokeReply : DConnectOp
+{
+  nsresult result;
+  // followed by an array of out-param blobs if NS_SUCCEEDED(result), and
+  // optionally by a specially serialized nsIException instance (see
+  // ipcDConnectService::SerializeException) if DCON_OP_FLAGS_REPLY_EXCEPTION is
+  // present in flags
+};
+
+#pragma pack()
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct DConAddrPlusPtr
+{
+  DConAddr addr;
+  void *p;
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ipcDConnectService *ipcDConnectService::mInstance = nsnull;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static nsresult
+SetupPeerInstance(PRUint32 aPeerID, DConnectSetup *aMsg, PRUint32 aMsgLen,
+                  void **aInstancePtr);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// A wrapper class holding an instance to an in-process XPCOM object.
+
+class DConnectInstance
+{
+public:
+  DConnectInstance(PRUint32 peer, nsIInterfaceInfo *iinfo, nsISupports *instance)
+    : mPeer(peer)
+    , mIInfo(iinfo)
+    , mInstance(instance)
+  {}
+
+  nsISupports      *RealInstance()  { return mInstance; }
+  nsIInterfaceInfo *InterfaceInfo() { return mIInfo; }
+  PRUint32          Peer()          { return mPeer; }
+
+  DConnectInstanceKey::Key GetKey() {
+    const nsID *iid;
+    mIInfo->GetIIDShared(&iid);
+    return DConnectInstanceKey::Key(mPeer, mInstance, iid);
+  }
+
+  NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsrefcnt) AddRef(void)
+  {
+    NS_PRECONDITION(PRInt32(mRefCnt) >= 0, "illegal refcnt");
+    nsrefcnt count;
+    count = PR_AtomicIncrement((PRInt32*)&mRefCnt);
+    return count;
+  }
+
+  NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsrefcnt) Release(void)
+  {
+    nsrefcnt count;
+    NS_PRECONDITION(0 != mRefCnt, "dup release");
+    count = PR_AtomicDecrement((PRInt32 *)&mRefCnt);
+    if (0 == count) {
+      NS_PRECONDITION(PRInt32(mRefCntIPC) == 0, "non-zero IPC refcnt");
+      mRefCnt = 1; /* stabilize */
+      delete this;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    return count;
+  }
+
+  // this gets called after calling AddRef() on an instance passed to the
+  // client over IPC in order to have a count of IPC client-related references
+  // separately from the overall reference count
+  NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsrefcnt) AddRefIPC(void)
+  {
+    NS_PRECONDITION(PRInt32(mRefCntIPC) >= 0, "illegal refcnt");
+    nsrefcnt count = PR_AtomicIncrement((PRInt32*)&mRefCntIPC);
+    return count;
+  }
+
+  // this gets called before calling Release() when DCON_OP_RELEASE is
+  // received from the IPC client and in other cases to balance AddRefIPC()
+  NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsrefcnt) ReleaseIPC(PRBool locked = PR_FALSE)
+  {
+    NS_PRECONDITION(0 != mRefCntIPC, "dup release");
+    nsrefcnt count = PR_AtomicDecrement((PRInt32 *)&mRefCntIPC);
+    if (0 == count) {
+      // If the last IPC reference is released, remove this instance from the map.
+      // ipcDConnectService is guaranteed to still exist here
+      // (DConnectInstance lifetime is bound to ipcDConnectService)
+      nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> dConnect (ipcDConnectService::GetInstance());
+      if (dConnect)
+        dConnect->DeleteInstance(this, locked);
+      else
+        NS_NOTREACHED("ipcDConnectService has gone before DConnectInstance");
+    }
+    return count;
+  }
+
+private:
+  nsAutoRefCnt               mRefCnt;
+  nsAutoRefCnt               mRefCntIPC;
+  PRUint32                   mPeer;  // peer process "owning" this instance
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> mIInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports>      mInstance;
+};
+
+void
+ipcDConnectService::ReleaseWrappers(nsVoidArray &wrappers, PRUint32 peer)
+{
+  nsAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+  for (PRInt32 i=0; i<wrappers.Count(); ++i)
+  {
+    DConnectInstance *wrapper = (DConnectInstance *)wrappers[i];
+    if (mInstanceSet.Contains(wrapper) && wrapper->Peer() == peer)
+    {
+      wrapper->ReleaseIPC(PR_TRUE /* locked */);
+      wrapper->Release();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static nsresult
+SerializeParam(ipcMessageWriter &writer, const nsXPTType &t, const nsXPTCMiniVariant &v)
+{
+  switch (t.TagPart())
+  {
+    case nsXPTType::T_I8:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U8:
+      writer.PutInt8(v.val.u8);
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_I16:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U16:
+      writer.PutInt16(v.val.u16);
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_I32:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U32:
+      writer.PutInt32(v.val.u32);
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_I64:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U64:
+      writer.PutBytes(&v.val.u64, sizeof(PRUint64));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_FLOAT:
+      writer.PutBytes(&v.val.f, sizeof(float));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_DOUBLE:
+      writer.PutBytes(&v.val.d, sizeof(double));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_BOOL:
+      writer.PutBytes(&v.val.b, sizeof(PRBool));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_CHAR:
+      writer.PutBytes(&v.val.c, sizeof(char));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR:
+      writer.PutBytes(&v.val.wc, sizeof(PRUnichar));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_IID:
+      {
+        if (v.val.p)
+          writer.PutBytes(v.val.p, sizeof(nsID));
+        else
+          return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_CHAR_STR:
+      {
+        if (v.val.p)
+        {
+          int len = strlen((const char *) v.val.p);
+          writer.PutInt32(len);
+          writer.PutBytes(v.val.p, len);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // put -1 to indicate null string
+          writer.PutInt32((PRUint32) -1);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR_STR:
+      {
+        if (v.val.p)
+        {
+          int len = 2 * nsCRT::strlen((const PRUnichar *) v.val.p);
+          writer.PutInt32(len);
+          writer.PutBytes(v.val.p, len);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // put -1 to indicate null string
+          writer.PutInt32((PRUint32) -1);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE:
+    case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE_IS:
+      NS_NOTREACHED("this should be handled elsewhere");
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_ASTRING:
+    case nsXPTType::T_DOMSTRING:
+      {
+        const nsAString *str = (const nsAString *) v.val.p;
+
+        PRUint32 len = 2 * str->Length();
+        nsAString::const_iterator begin;
+        const PRUnichar *data = str->BeginReading(begin).get();
+
+        writer.PutInt32(len);
+        writer.PutBytes(data, len);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_UTF8STRING:
+    case nsXPTType::T_CSTRING:
+      {
+        const nsACString *str = (const nsACString *) v.val.p;
+
+        PRUint32 len = str->Length();
+        nsACString::const_iterator begin;
+        const char *data = str->BeginReading(begin).get();
+
+        writer.PutInt32(len);
+        writer.PutBytes(data, len);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_ARRAY:
+      // arrays are serialized after all other params outside this routine
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_VOID:
+    case nsXPTType::T_PSTRING_SIZE_IS:
+    case nsXPTType::T_PWSTRING_SIZE_IS:
+    default:
+      LOG(("unexpected parameter type: %d\n", t.TagPart()));
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+DeserializeParam(ipcMessageReader &reader, const nsXPTType &t, nsXPTCVariant &v)
+{
+  // defaults
+  v.ptr = nsnull;
+  v.type = t;
+  v.flags = 0;
+
+  switch (t.TagPart())
+  {
+    case nsXPTType::T_I8:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U8:
+      v.val.u8 = reader.GetInt8();
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_I16:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U16:
+      v.val.u16 = reader.GetInt16();
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_I32:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U32:
+      v.val.u32 = reader.GetInt32();
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_I64:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U64:
+      reader.GetBytes(&v.val.u64, sizeof(v.val.u64));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_FLOAT:
+      reader.GetBytes(&v.val.f, sizeof(v.val.f));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_DOUBLE:
+      reader.GetBytes(&v.val.d, sizeof(v.val.d));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_BOOL:
+      reader.GetBytes(&v.val.b, sizeof(v.val.b));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_CHAR:
+      reader.GetBytes(&v.val.c, sizeof(v.val.c));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR:
+      reader.GetBytes(&v.val.wc, sizeof(v.val.wc));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_IID:
+      {
+        nsID *buf = (nsID *) nsMemory::Alloc(sizeof(nsID));
+        reader.GetBytes(buf, sizeof(nsID));
+        v.val.p = buf;
+        v.SetValIsAllocated();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_CHAR_STR:
+      {
+        PRUint32 len = reader.GetInt32();
+        if (len == (PRUint32) -1)
+        {
+          // it's a null string
+          v.val.p = nsnull;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          char *buf = (char *) nsMemory::Alloc(len + 1);
+          reader.GetBytes(buf, len);
+          buf[len] = char(0);
+
+          v.val.p = buf;
+          v.SetValIsAllocated();
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR_STR:
+      {
+        PRUint32 len = reader.GetInt32();
+        if (len == (PRUint32) -1)
+        {
+          // it's a null string
+          v.val.p = nsnull;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          PRUnichar *buf = (PRUnichar *) nsMemory::Alloc(len + 2);
+          reader.GetBytes(buf, len);
+          buf[len / 2] = PRUnichar(0);
+
+          v.val.p = buf;
+          v.SetValIsAllocated();
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE:
+    case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE_IS:
+      {
+        reader.GetBytes(&v.val.u64, sizeof(DConAddr));
+        // stub creation will be handled outside this routine.  we only
+        // deserialize the DConAddr into v.val.u64 temporarily.
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_ASTRING:
+    case nsXPTType::T_DOMSTRING:
+      {
+        PRUint32 len = reader.GetInt32();
+
+        nsString *str = new nsString();
+        str->SetLength(len / 2);
+        PRUnichar *buf = str->BeginWriting();
+        reader.GetBytes(buf, len);
+
+        v.val.p = str;
+        v.SetValIsDOMString();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_UTF8STRING:
+    case nsXPTType::T_CSTRING:
+      {
+        PRUint32 len = reader.GetInt32();
+
+        nsCString *str = new nsCString();
+        str->SetLength(len);
+        char *buf = str->BeginWriting();
+        reader.GetBytes(buf, len);
+
+        v.val.p = str;
+
+        // this distinction here is pretty pointless
+        if (t.TagPart() == nsXPTType::T_CSTRING)
+          v.SetValIsCString();
+        else
+          v.SetValIsUTF8String();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_ARRAY:
+      // arrays are deserialized after all other params outside this routine
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_VOID:
+    case nsXPTType::T_PSTRING_SIZE_IS:
+    case nsXPTType::T_PWSTRING_SIZE_IS:
+    default:
+      LOG(("unexpected parameter type\n"));
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+SetupParam(const nsXPTParamInfo &p, nsXPTCVariant &v)
+{
+  const nsXPTType &t = p.GetType();
+
+  if (p.IsIn() && p.IsDipper())
+  {
+    v.ptr = nsnull;
+    v.flags = 0;
+
+    switch (t.TagPart())
+    {
+      case nsXPTType::T_ASTRING:
+      case nsXPTType::T_DOMSTRING:
+        v.val.p = new nsString();
+        if (!v.val.p)
+          return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        v.type = t;
+        v.SetValIsDOMString();
+        break;
+
+      case nsXPTType::T_UTF8STRING:
+      case nsXPTType::T_CSTRING:
+        v.val.p = new nsCString();
+        if (!v.val.p)
+          return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        v.type = t;
+        v.SetValIsCString();
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        LOG(("unhandled dipper: type=%d\n", t.TagPart()));
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (p.IsOut() || p.IsRetval())
+  {
+    memset(&v.val, 0, sizeof(v.val));
+    v.ptr = &v.val;
+    v.type = t;
+    v.flags = 0;
+    v.SetPtrIsData();
+
+    // the ownership of output nsID, string, wstring, interface pointers and
+    // arrays is transferred to the receiving party. Therefore, we need to
+    // instruct FinishParam() to perform a cleanup after serializing them.
+    switch (t.TagPart())
+    {
+      case nsXPTType::T_IID:
+      case nsXPTType::T_CHAR_STR:
+      case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR_STR:
+      case nsXPTType::T_ARRAY:
+        v.SetValIsAllocated();
+        break;
+      case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE:
+      case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE_IS:
+        v.SetValIsInterface();
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static void
+FinishParam(nsXPTCVariant &v)
+{
+#ifdef VBOX
+  /* make valgrind happy */
+  if (!v.MustFreeVal())
+    return;
+#endif
+  if (!v.val.p)
+    return;
+
+  if (v.IsValAllocated())
+    nsMemory::Free(v.val.p);
+  else if (v.IsValInterface())
+    ((nsISupports *) v.val.p)->Release();
+  else if (v.IsValDOMString())
+    delete (nsAString *) v.val.p;
+  else if (v.IsValUTF8String() || v.IsValCString())
+    delete (nsACString *) v.val.p;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+DeserializeResult(ipcMessageReader &reader, const nsXPTType &t, nsXPTCMiniVariant &v)
+{
+  if (v.val.p == nsnull)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  switch (t.TagPart())
+  {
+    case nsXPTType::T_I8:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U8:
+      *((PRUint8 *) v.val.p) = reader.GetInt8();
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_I16:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U16:
+      *((PRUint16 *) v.val.p) = reader.GetInt16();
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_I32:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U32:
+      *((PRUint32 *) v.val.p) = reader.GetInt32();
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_I64:
+    case nsXPTType::T_U64:
+      reader.GetBytes(v.val.p, sizeof(PRUint64));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_FLOAT:
+      reader.GetBytes(v.val.p, sizeof(float));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_DOUBLE:
+      reader.GetBytes(v.val.p, sizeof(double));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_BOOL:
+      reader.GetBytes(v.val.p, sizeof(PRBool));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_CHAR:
+      reader.GetBytes(v.val.p, sizeof(char));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR:
+      reader.GetBytes(v.val.p, sizeof(PRUnichar));
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_IID:
+      {
+        nsID *buf = (nsID *) nsMemory::Alloc(sizeof(nsID));
+        reader.GetBytes(buf, sizeof(nsID));
+        *((nsID **) v.val.p) = buf;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_CHAR_STR:
+      {
+        PRUint32 len = reader.GetInt32();
+        if (len == (PRUint32) -1)
+        {
+          // it's a null string
+#ifdef VBOX
+          *((char **) v.val.p) = NULL;
+#else
+          v.val.p = 0;
+#endif
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          char *buf = (char *) nsMemory::Alloc(len + 1);
+          reader.GetBytes(buf, len);
+          buf[len] = char(0);
+
+          *((char **) v.val.p) = buf;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR_STR:
+      {
+        PRUint32 len = reader.GetInt32();
+        if (len == (PRUint32) -1)
+        {
+          // it's a null string
+#ifdef VBOX
+          *((PRUnichar **) v.val.p) = 0;
+#else
+          v.val.p = 0;
+#endif
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          PRUnichar *buf = (PRUnichar *) nsMemory::Alloc(len + 2);
+          reader.GetBytes(buf, len);
+          buf[len / 2] = PRUnichar(0);
+
+          *((PRUnichar **) v.val.p) = buf;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE:
+    case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE_IS:
+      {
+        // stub creation will be handled outside this routine.  we only
+        // deserialize the DConAddr and the original value of v.val.p
+        // into v.val.p temporarily.  needs temporary memory alloc.
+        DConAddrPlusPtr *buf = (DConAddrPlusPtr *) nsMemory::Alloc(sizeof(DConAddrPlusPtr));
+        reader.GetBytes(&buf->addr, sizeof(DConAddr));
+        buf->p = v.val.p;
+        v.val.p = buf;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_ASTRING:
+    case nsXPTType::T_DOMSTRING:
+      {
+        PRUint32 len = reader.GetInt32();
+
+        nsAString *str = (nsAString *) v.val.p;
+
+        nsAString::iterator begin;
+        str->SetLength(len / 2);
+        str->BeginWriting(begin);
+
+        reader.GetBytes(begin.get(), len);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_UTF8STRING:
+    case nsXPTType::T_CSTRING:
+      {
+        PRUint32 len = reader.GetInt32();
+
+        nsACString *str = (nsACString *) v.val.p;
+
+        nsACString::iterator begin;
+        str->SetLength(len);
+        str->BeginWriting(begin);
+
+        reader.GetBytes(begin.get(), len);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_ARRAY:
+      // arrays are deserialized after all other params outside this routine
+      break;
+
+    case nsXPTType::T_VOID:
+    case nsXPTType::T_PSTRING_SIZE_IS:
+    case nsXPTType::T_PWSTRING_SIZE_IS:
+    default:
+      LOG(("unexpected parameter type\n"));
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Returns an element from the nsXPTCMiniVariant array by properly casting it to
+// nsXPTCVariant when requested
+#define GET_PARAM(params, isXPTCVariantArray, idx) \
+    (isXPTCVariantArray ? ((nsXPTCVariant *) params) [idx] : params [idx])
+
+// isResult is PR_TRUE if the size_is and length_is params are out or retval
+// so that nsXPTCMiniVariants contain pointers to their locations instead of the
+// values themselves.
+static nsresult
+GetArrayParamInfo(nsIInterfaceInfo *iinfo, uint16 methodIndex,
+                  const nsXPTMethodInfo &methodInfo, nsXPTCMiniVariant *params,
+                  PRBool isXPTCVariantArray, const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo,
+                  PRBool isResult, PRUint32 &size, PRUint32 &length,
+                  nsXPTType &elemType)
+{
+  // XXX multidimensional arrays are not supported so dimension is always 0 for
+  // getting the size_is argument number of the array itself and 1 for getting
+  // the type of elements stored in the array.
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // get the array size
+  PRUint8 sizeArg;
+  rv = iinfo->GetSizeIsArgNumberForParam(methodIndex, &paramInfo, 0, &sizeArg);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // get the number of valid elements
+  PRUint8 lenArg;
+  rv = iinfo->GetLengthIsArgNumberForParam(methodIndex, &paramInfo, 0, &lenArg);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // according to XPT specs
+  // (http://www.mozilla.org/scriptable/typelib_file.html), size_is and
+  // length_is for arrays is always uint32. Check this too.
+  {
+    nsXPTParamInfo pi = methodInfo.GetParam (sizeArg);
+    if (pi.GetType().TagPart() != nsXPTType::T_U32)
+    {
+      LOG(("unexpected size_is() parameter type: $d\n",
+           pi.GetType().TagPart()));
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    pi = methodInfo.GetParam (lenArg);
+    if (pi.GetType().TagPart() != nsXPTType::T_U32)
+    {
+      LOG(("unexpected length_is() parameter type: $d\n",
+           pi.GetType().TagPart()));
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (isResult)
+  {
+    length = *((PRUint32 *) GET_PARAM(params,isXPTCVariantArray, lenArg).val.p);
+    size = *((PRUint32 *) GET_PARAM(params, isXPTCVariantArray, sizeArg).val.p);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    length = GET_PARAM(params, isXPTCVariantArray, lenArg).val.u32;
+    size = GET_PARAM(params, isXPTCVariantArray, sizeArg).val.u32;
+  }
+
+  if (length > size)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("length_is() value is greater than size_is() value");
+    length = size;
+  }
+
+  // get type of array elements
+  rv = iinfo->GetTypeForParam(methodIndex, &paramInfo, 1, &elemType);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (elemType.IsArithmetic() &&
+      (elemType.IsPointer() || elemType.IsUniquePointer() ||
+       elemType.IsReference()))
+  {
+    LOG(("arrays of pointers and references to arithmetic types are "
+         "not yet supported\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  }
+
+  if (elemType.IsArray())
+  {
+    LOG(("multidimensional arrays are not yet supported\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+GetTypeSize(const nsXPTType &type, PRUint32 &size, PRBool &isSimple)
+{
+  // get the type size in bytes
+  size = 0;
+  isSimple = PR_TRUE;
+  switch (type.TagPart())
+  {
+    case nsXPTType::T_I8:             size = sizeof(PRInt8);      break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_I16:            size = sizeof(PRInt16);     break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_I32:            size = sizeof(PRInt32);     break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_I64:            size = sizeof(PRInt64);     break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_U8:             size = sizeof(PRUint8);     break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_U16:            size = sizeof(PRUint16);    break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_U32:            size = sizeof(PRUint32);    break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_U64:            size = sizeof(PRUint64);    break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_FLOAT:          size = sizeof(float);       break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_DOUBLE:         size = sizeof(double);      break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_BOOL:           size = sizeof(PRBool);      break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_CHAR:           size = sizeof(char);        break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR:          size = sizeof(PRUnichar);   break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_IID:            /* fall through */
+    case nsXPTType::T_CHAR_STR:       /* fall through */
+    case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR_STR:      /* fall through */
+    case nsXPTType::T_ASTRING:        /* fall through */
+    case nsXPTType::T_DOMSTRING:      /* fall through */
+    case nsXPTType::T_UTF8STRING:     /* fall through */
+    case nsXPTType::T_CSTRING:        /* fall through */
+      size = sizeof(void *);
+      isSimple = PR_FALSE;
+      break;
+    case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE:      /* fall through */
+    case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE_IS:   /* fall through */
+      size = sizeof(DConAddr);
+      isSimple = PR_FALSE;
+      break;
+    default:
+      LOG(("unexpected parameter type: %d\n", type.TagPart()));
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+SerializeArrayParam(ipcDConnectService *dConnect,
+                    ipcMessageWriter &writer, PRUint32 peerID,
+                    nsIInterfaceInfo *iinfo, uint16 methodIndex,
+                    const nsXPTMethodInfo &methodInfo,
+                    nsXPTCMiniVariant *params, PRBool isXPTCVariantArray,
+                    const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo,
+                    void *array, nsVoidArray &wrappers)
+{
+  if (!array)
+  {
+    // put 0 to indicate null array
+    writer.PutInt8(0);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // put 1 to indicate non-null array
+  writer.PutInt8(1);
+
+  PRUint32 size = 0;
+  PRUint32 length = 0;
+  nsXPTType elemType;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetArrayParamInfo(iinfo, methodIndex, methodInfo, params,
+                                  isXPTCVariantArray, paramInfo, PR_FALSE,
+                                  size, length, elemType);
+  if (NS_FAILED (rv))
+      return rv;
+
+  PRUint32 elemSize = 0;
+  PRBool isSimple = PR_TRUE;
+  rv = GetTypeSize(elemType, elemSize, isSimple);
+  if (NS_FAILED (rv))
+      return rv;
+
+  if (isSimple)
+  {
+    // this is a simple arithmetic type, write the whole array at once
+    writer.PutBytes(array, length * elemSize);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // iterate over valid (length_is) elements of the array
+  // and serialize each of them
+  nsXPTCMiniVariant v;
+  for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+  {
+    v.val.p = ((void **) array) [i];
+
+    if (elemType.IsInterfacePointer())
+    {
+      nsID iid;
+      rv = dConnect->GetIIDForMethodParam(iinfo, &methodInfo, paramInfo, elemType,
+                                          methodIndex, params, isXPTCVariantArray,
+                                          iid);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = dConnect->SerializeInterfaceParam(writer, peerID, iid,
+                                               (nsISupports *) v.val.p,
+                                               wrappers);
+    }
+    else
+      rv = SerializeParam(writer, elemType, v);
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// isResult is PR_TRUE if the array param is out or retval
+static nsresult
+DeserializeArrayParam(ipcDConnectService *dConnect,
+                      ipcMessageReader &reader, PRUint32 peerID,
+                      nsIInterfaceInfo *iinfo, uint16 methodIndex,
+                      const nsXPTMethodInfo &methodInfo,
+                      nsXPTCMiniVariant *params, PRBool isXPTCVariantArray,
+                      const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo,
+                      PRBool isResult, void *&array)
+{
+  PRUint32 size = 0;
+  PRUint32 length = 0;
+  nsXPTType elemType;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetArrayParamInfo(iinfo, methodIndex, methodInfo, params,
+                                  isXPTCVariantArray, paramInfo, isResult,
+                                  size, length, elemType);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  PRUint8 prefix = reader.GetInt8();
+  if (prefix == 0)
+  {
+    // it's a null array
+    array = nsnull;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  // sanity
+  if (prefix != 1)
+  {
+    LOG(("unexpected array prefix: %u\n", prefix));
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+
+  PRUint32 elemSize = 0;
+  PRBool isSimple = PR_TRUE;
+  rv = GetTypeSize(elemType, elemSize, isSimple);
+  if (NS_FAILED (rv))
+      return rv;
+
+  // Note: for zero-sized arrays, we use the size of 1 because whether
+  // malloc(0) returns a null pointer or not (which is used in isNull())
+  // is implementation-dependent according to the C standard
+  void *arr = nsMemory::Alloc((size ? size : 1) * elemSize);
+  if (arr == nsnull)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // initialize the unused space of the array with zeroes
+  if (length < size)
+    memset(((PRUint8 *) arr) + length * elemSize, 0,
+           (size - length) * elemSize);
+
+  if (isSimple)
+  {
+    // this is a simple arithmetic type, read the whole array at once
+    reader.GetBytes(arr, length * elemSize);
+
+    array = arr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // iterate over valid (length_is) elements of the array
+  // and deserialize each of them individually
+  nsXPTCVariant v;
+  for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+  {
+    rv = DeserializeParam(reader, elemType, v);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && elemType.IsInterfacePointer())
+    {
+      // grab the DConAddr value temporarily stored in the param
+      PtrBits bits = v.val.u64;
+
+      // DeserializeInterfaceParamBits needs IID only if it's a remote object
+      nsID iid;
+      if (bits & PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT)
+        rv = dConnect->GetIIDForMethodParam(iinfo, &methodInfo, paramInfo,
+                                            elemType, methodIndex,
+                                            params, isXPTCVariantArray, iid);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsISupports *obj = nsnull;
+        rv = dConnect->DeserializeInterfaceParamBits(bits, peerID, iid, obj);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          v.val.p = obj;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    // note that we discard extended param informaton provided by nsXPTCVariant
+    // and will have to "reconstruct" it from the type tag in FinishArrayParam()
+    ((void **) arr) [i] = v.val.p;
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    nsMemory::Free(arr);
+  else
+    array = arr;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static void
+FinishArrayParam(nsIInterfaceInfo *iinfo, uint16 methodIndex,
+                 const nsXPTMethodInfo &methodInfo, nsXPTCMiniVariant *params,
+                 PRBool isXPTCVariantArray, const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo,
+                 const nsXPTCMiniVariant &arrayVal)
+{
+  // nothing to do for a null array
+  void *arr = arrayVal.val.p;
+  if (!arr)
+    return;
+
+  PRUint32 size = 0;
+  PRUint32 length = 0;
+  nsXPTType elemType;
+
+  // note that FinishArrayParam is called only from OnInvoke to free memory
+  // after the call has been served. When OnInvoke sets up out and retval
+  // parameters for the real method, it passes pointers to the nsXPTCMiniVariant
+  // elements of the params array themselves so that they will eventually
+  // receive the returned values. For this reason, both in 'in' param and
+  // 'out/retaval' param cases, size_is and length_is may be read by
+  // GetArrayParamInfo() by value. Therefore, isResult is always PR_FALSE.
+  nsresult rv = GetArrayParamInfo(iinfo, methodIndex, methodInfo, params,
+                                  isXPTCVariantArray, paramInfo, PR_FALSE,
+                                  size, length, elemType);
+  if (NS_FAILED (rv))
+      return;
+
+  nsXPTCVariant v;
+  v.ptr = nsnull;
+  v.flags = 0;
+
+  // iterate over valid (length_is) elements of the array
+  // and free each of them
+  for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+  {
+    v.type = elemType.TagPart();
+
+    switch (elemType.TagPart())
+    {
+      case nsXPTType::T_I8:             /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_I16:            /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_I32:            /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_I64:            /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_U8:             /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_U16:            /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_U32:            /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_U64:            /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_FLOAT:          /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_DOUBLE:         /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_BOOL:           /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_CHAR:           /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR:          /* fall through */
+        // nothing to free for arithmetic types
+        continue;
+      case nsXPTType::T_IID:            /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_CHAR_STR:       /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_WCHAR_STR:      /* fall through */
+        v.val.p = ((void **) arr) [i];
+        v.SetValIsAllocated();
+        break;
+      case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE:      /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE_IS:   /* fall through */
+        v.val.p = ((void **) arr) [i];
+        v.SetValIsInterface();
+        break;
+      case nsXPTType::T_ASTRING:        /* fall through */
+      case nsXPTType::T_DOMSTRING:      /* fall through */
+        v.val.p = ((void **) arr) [i];
+        v.SetValIsDOMString();
+        break;
+      case nsXPTType::T_UTF8STRING:     /* fall through */
+        v.val.p = ((void **) arr) [i];
+        v.SetValIsUTF8String();
+        break;
+      case nsXPTType::T_CSTRING:        /* fall through */
+        v.val.p = ((void **) arr) [i];
+        v.SetValIsCString();
+        break;
+      default:
+        LOG(("unexpected parameter type: %d\n", elemType.TagPart()));
+        return;
+    }
+
+    FinishParam(v);
+  }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static PRUint32
+NewRequestIndex()
+{
+  static PRInt32 sRequestIndex;
+  return (PRUint32) PR_AtomicIncrement(&sRequestIndex);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef VBOX
+typedef struct ClientDownInfo
+{
+    ClientDownInfo(PRUint32 aClient)
+    {
+        uClient = aClient;
+        uTimestamp = PR_IntervalNow();
+    }
+
+    PRUint32 uClient;
+    PRIntervalTime uTimestamp;
+} ClientDownInfo;
+typedef std::map<PRUint32, ClientDownInfo *> ClientDownMap;
+typedef std::list<ClientDownInfo *> ClientDownList;
+
+#define MAX_CLIENT_DOWN_SIZE 10000
+
+/* Protected by the queue monitor. */
+static ClientDownMap g_ClientDownMap;
+static ClientDownList g_ClientDownList;
+
+#endif /* VBOX */
+
+class DConnectMsgSelector : public ipcIMessageObserver
+{
+public:
+  DConnectMsgSelector(PRUint32 peer, PRUint8 opCodeMajor, PRUint32 requestIndex)
+    : mPeer (peer)
+    , mOpCodeMajor(opCodeMajor)
+    , mRequestIndex(requestIndex)
+  {}
+
+  // stack based only
+  NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) AddRef() { return 1; }
+  NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) Release() { return 1; }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD QueryInterface(const nsIID &aIID, void **aInstancePtr);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OnMessageAvailable(PRUint32 aSenderID, const nsID &aTarget,
+                                const PRUint8 *aData, PRUint32 aDataLen)
+  {
+    // accept special "client dead" messages for a given peer
+    // (empty target id, zero data and data length)
+#ifndef VBOX
+    if (aSenderID == mPeer && aTarget.Equals(nsID()) && !aData && !aDataLen)
+        return NS_OK;
+#else /* VBOX */
+    if (aSenderID != IPC_SENDER_ANY && aTarget.Equals(nsID()) && !aData && !aDataLen)
+    {
+        // Insert new client down information. Start by expiring outdated
+        // entries and free one element if there's still no space (if needed).
+        PRIntervalTime now = PR_IntervalNow();
+        while (!g_ClientDownList.empty())
+        {
+            ClientDownInfo *cInfo = g_ClientDownList.back();
+            PRInt64 diff = (PRInt64)now - cInfo->uTimestamp;
+            if (diff < 0)
+                diff += (PRInt64)((PRIntervalTime)-1) + 1;
+            if (diff > PR_SecondsToInterval(15 * 60))
+            {
+                g_ClientDownMap.erase(cInfo->uClient);
+                g_ClientDownList.pop_back();
+                NS_ASSERTION(g_ClientDownMap.size() == g_ClientDownList.size(),
+                             "client down info inconsistency during expiry");
+                delete cInfo;
+            }
+            else
+                break;
+        }
+
+        ClientDownMap::iterator it = g_ClientDownMap.find(aSenderID);
+        if (it == g_ClientDownMap.end())
+        {
+            /* Getting size of a map is O(1), size of a list can be O(n). */
+            while (g_ClientDownMap.size() >= MAX_CLIENT_DOWN_SIZE)
+            {
+                ClientDownInfo *cInfo = g_ClientDownList.back();
+                g_ClientDownMap.erase(cInfo->uClient);
+                g_ClientDownList.pop_back();
+                NS_ASSERTION(g_ClientDownMap.size() == g_ClientDownList.size(),
+                             "client down info inconsistency during emergency evicting");
+                delete cInfo;
+            }
+
+            ClientDownInfo *cInfo = new ClientDownInfo(aSenderID);
+            g_ClientDownMap[aSenderID] = cInfo;
+            g_ClientDownList.push_front(cInfo);
+            NS_ASSERTION(g_ClientDownMap.size() == g_ClientDownList.size(),
+                         "client down info inconsistency after adding entry");
+        }
+        return (aSenderID == mPeer) ? NS_OK : IPC_WAIT_NEXT_MESSAGE;
+    }
+    // accept special "client up" messages for a given peer
+    // (empty target id, zero data and data length=1)
+    if (aTarget.Equals(nsID()) && !aData && aDataLen == 1)
+    {
+        ClientDownMap::iterator it = g_ClientDownMap.find(aSenderID);
+        if (it != g_ClientDownMap.end())
+        {
+            ClientDownInfo *cInfo = it->second;
+            g_ClientDownMap.erase(it);
+            g_ClientDownList.remove(cInfo);
+            NS_ASSERTION(g_ClientDownMap.size() == g_ClientDownList.size(),
+                         "client down info inconsistency in client up case");
+            delete cInfo;
+        }
+        return (aSenderID == mPeer) ? NS_OK : IPC_WAIT_NEXT_MESSAGE;
+    }
+    // accept special "client check" messages for an anonymous sender
+    // (invalid sender id, empty target id, zero data and data length
+    if (aSenderID == IPC_SENDER_ANY && aTarget.Equals(nsID()) && !aData && !aDataLen)
+    {
+        LOG(("DConnectMsgSelector::OnMessageAvailable: poll liveness for mPeer=%d\n",
+             mPeer));
+        ClientDownMap::iterator it = g_ClientDownMap.find(mPeer);
+        return (it == g_ClientDownMap.end()) ? IPC_WAIT_NEXT_MESSAGE : NS_OK;
+    }
+#endif /* VBOX */
+    const DConnectOp *op = (const DConnectOp *) aData;
+    // accept only reply messages with the given peer/opcode/index
+    // (to prevent eating replies the other thread might be waiting for)
+    // as well as any non-reply messages (to serve external requests that
+    // might arrive while we're waiting for the given reply).
+    if (aDataLen >= sizeof(DConnectOp) &&
+        ((op->opcode_major != DCON_OP_SETUP_REPLY &&
+	        op->opcode_major != DCON_OP_INVOKE_REPLY) ||
+         (aSenderID == mPeer &&
+          op->opcode_major == mOpCodeMajor &&
+          op->request_index == mRequestIndex)))
+      return NS_OK;
+    else
+      return IPC_WAIT_NEXT_MESSAGE;
+  }
+
+  const PRUint32 mPeer;
+  const PRUint8 mOpCodeMajor;
+  const PRUint32 mRequestIndex;
+};
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE1(DConnectMsgSelector, ipcIMessageObserver)
+
+class DConnectCompletion : public ipcIMessageObserver
+{
+public:
+  DConnectCompletion(PRUint32 peer, PRUint8 opCodeMajor, PRUint32 requestIndex)
+    : mSelector(peer, opCodeMajor, requestIndex)
+  {}
+
+  // stack based only
+  NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) AddRef() { return 1; }
+  NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) Release() { return 1; }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD QueryInterface(const nsIID &aIID, void **aInstancePtr);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OnMessageAvailable(PRUint32 aSenderID, const nsID &aTarget,
+                                const PRUint8 *aData, PRUint32 aDataLen)
+  {
+    const DConnectOp *op = (const DConnectOp *) aData;
+    LOG((
+      "DConnectCompletion::OnMessageAvailable: "
+      "senderID=%d, opcode_major=%d, index=%d (waiting for %d)\n",
+      aSenderID, op->opcode_major, op->request_index, mSelector.mRequestIndex
+    ));
+    if (aSenderID == mSelector.mPeer &&
+        op->opcode_major == mSelector.mOpCodeMajor &&
+        op->request_index == mSelector.mRequestIndex)
+    {
+      OnResponseAvailable(aSenderID, op, aDataLen);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // ensure ipcDConnectService is not deleted before we finish
+      nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> dConnect (ipcDConnectService::GetInstance());
+      if (dConnect)
+        dConnect->OnMessageAvailable(aSenderID, aTarget, aData, aDataLen);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  virtual void OnResponseAvailable(PRUint32 sender, const DConnectOp *op, PRUint32 opLen) = 0;
+
+  DConnectMsgSelector &GetSelector()
+  {
+     return mSelector;
+  }
+
+protected:
+  DConnectMsgSelector mSelector;
+};
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE1(DConnectCompletion, ipcIMessageObserver)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class DConnectInvokeCompletion : public DConnectCompletion
+{
+public:
+  DConnectInvokeCompletion(PRUint32 peer, const DConnectInvoke *invoke)
+    : DConnectCompletion(peer, DCON_OP_INVOKE_REPLY, invoke->request_index)
+    , mReply(nsnull)
+    , mParamsLen(0)
+  {}
+
+  ~DConnectInvokeCompletion() { if (mReply) free(mReply); }
+
+  void OnResponseAvailable(PRUint32 sender, const DConnectOp *op, PRUint32 opLen)
+  {
+    mReply = (DConnectInvokeReply *) malloc(opLen);
+    memcpy(mReply, op, opLen);
+
+    // the length in bytes of the parameter blob
+    mParamsLen = opLen - sizeof(*mReply);
+  }
+
+  PRBool IsPending() const { return mReply == nsnull; }
+  nsresult GetResult() const { return mReply->result; }
+
+  const PRUint8 *Params() const { return (const PRUint8 *) (mReply + 1); }
+  PRUint32 ParamsLen() const { return mParamsLen; }
+
+  const DConnectInvokeReply *Reply() const { return mReply; }
+
+private:
+  DConnectInvokeReply *mReply;
+  PRUint32             mParamsLen;
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define DCONNECT_STUB_ID                           \
+{ /* 132c1f14-5442-49cb-8fe6-e60214bbf1db */       \
+  0x132c1f14,                                      \
+  0x5442,                                          \
+  0x49cb,                                          \
+  {0x8f, 0xe6, 0xe6, 0x02, 0x14, 0xbb, 0xf1, 0xdb} \
+}
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kDConnectStubID, DCONNECT_STUB_ID);
+
+// this class represents the non-local object instance.
+
+class DConnectStub : public nsXPTCStubBase
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  DConnectStub(nsIInterfaceInfo *aIInfo,
+               DConAddr aInstance,
+               PRUint32 aPeerID)
+    : mIInfo(aIInfo)
+    , mInstance(aInstance)
+    , mPeerID(aPeerID)
+    , mCachedISupports(0)
+    , mRefCntLevels(0)
+    {}
+
+  NS_HIDDEN ~DConnectStub();
+
+  // return a refcounted pointer to the InterfaceInfo for this object
+  // NOTE: on some platforms this MUST not fail or we crash!
+  NS_IMETHOD GetInterfaceInfo(nsIInterfaceInfo **aInfo);
+
+  // call this method and return result
+  NS_IMETHOD CallMethod(PRUint16 aMethodIndex,
+                        const nsXPTMethodInfo *aInfo,
+                        nsXPTCMiniVariant *aParams);
+
+  DConAddr Instance() { return mInstance; }
+  PRUint32 PeerID()   { return mPeerID; }
+
+  DConnectStubKey::Key GetKey() {
+    return DConnectStubKey::Key(mPeerID, mInstance);
+  }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) AddRefIPC();
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> mIInfo;
+
+  // uniquely identifies this object instance between peers.
+  DConAddr mInstance;
+
+  // the "client id" of our IPC peer.  this guy owns the real object.
+  PRUint32 mPeerID;
+
+  // cached nsISupports stub for this object
+  DConnectStub *mCachedISupports;
+
+  // stack of reference counter values (protected by
+  // ipcDConnectService::StubLock())
+  nsDeque mRefCntLevels;
+};
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsrefcnt)
+DConnectStub::AddRefIPC()
+{
+  // in this special version, we memorize the resulting reference count in the
+  // associated stack array. This stack is then used by Release() to determine
+  // when it is necessary to send a RELEASE request to the peer owning the
+  // object in order to balance AddRef() the peer does on DConnectInstance every
+  // time it passes an object over IPC.
+
+  // NOTE: this function is to be called from DConnectInstance::CreateStub only!
+
+  nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> dConnect (ipcDConnectService::GetInstance());
+  NS_ASSERTION(dConnect, "no ipcDConnectService (uninitialized?)");
+  if (!dConnect)
+    return 0;
+
+  // dConnect->StubLock() must be already locked here by
+  // DConnectInstance::CreateStub
+
+  nsrefcnt count = AddRef();
+  mRefCntLevels.Push((void *)(uintptr_t) count);
+  return count;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::CreateStub(const nsID &iid, PRUint32 peer, DConAddr instance,
+                               DConnectStub **result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> iinfo;
+  rv = GetInterfaceInfo(iid, getter_AddRefs(iinfo));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+  if (mDisconnected)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  // we also need the stub lock which protects DConnectStub::mRefCntLevels and
+  // ipcDConnectService::mStubs
+  nsAutoLock stubLock (mStubLock);
+
+  DConnectStub *stub = nsnull;
+
+  // first try to find an existing stub for a given peer and instance
+  // (we do not care about IID because every DConAddr instance represents
+  // exactly one interface of the real object on the peer's side)
+  if (!mStubs.Get(DConnectStubKey::Key(peer, instance), &stub))
+  {
+    stub = new DConnectStub(iinfo, instance, peer);
+
+    if (NS_UNLIKELY(!stub))
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    else
+    {
+      rv = StoreStub(stub);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        delete stub;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    stub->AddRefIPC();
+    *result = stub;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::SerializeInterfaceParam(ipcMessageWriter &writer,
+                                            PRUint32 peer, const nsID &iid,
+                                            nsISupports *obj,
+                                            nsVoidArray &wrappers)
+{
+  nsAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+  if (mDisconnected)
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  // we create an instance wrapper, and assume that the other side will send a
+  // RELEASE message when it no longer needs the instance wrapper.  that will
+  // usually happen after the call returns.
+  //
+  // XXX a lazy scheme might be better, but for now simplicity wins.
+
+  // if the interface pointer references a DConnectStub corresponding
+  // to an object in the address space of the peer, then no need to
+  // create a new wrapper.
+
+  // if the interface pointer references an object for which we already have
+  // an existing wrapper, then we use it instead of creating a new one.  this
+  // is based on the assumption that a valid COM object always returns exactly
+  // the same pointer value in response to every
+  // QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports), ...).
+
+  if (!obj)
+  {
+    // write null address
+    DConAddr nullobj = 0;
+    writer.PutBytes(&nullobj, sizeof(nullobj));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    DConnectStub *stub = nsnull;
+    nsresult rv = obj->QueryInterface(kDConnectStubID, (void **) &stub);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (stub->PeerID() == peer))
+    {
+      DConAddr p = stub->Instance();
+      writer.PutBytes(&p, sizeof(p));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // create instance wrapper
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> iinfo;
+      rv = GetInterfaceInfo(iid, getter_AddRefs(iinfo));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+      DConnectInstance *wrapper = nsnull;
+
+      // first try to find an existing wrapper for the given object
+      if (!FindInstanceAndAddRef(peer, obj, &iid, &wrapper))
+      {
+        wrapper = new DConnectInstance(peer, iinfo, obj);
+        if (!wrapper)
+          return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+        rv = StoreInstance(wrapper);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          delete wrapper;
+          return rv;
+        }
+
+        // reference the newly created wrapper
+        wrapper->AddRef();
+      }
+
+      // increase the second, IPC-only, reference counter (mandatory before
+      // trying wrappers.AppendElement() to make sure ReleaseIPC() will remove
+      // the wrapper from the instance map on failure)
+      wrapper->AddRefIPC();
+
+      if (!wrappers.AppendElement(wrapper))
+      {
+        wrapper->ReleaseIPC();
+        wrapper->Release();
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+
+      // wrapper remains referenced when passing it to the client
+      // (will be released upon DCON_OP_RELEASE)
+
+      // send address of the instance wrapper, and set the low bit to indicate
+      // to the remote party that this is a remote instance wrapper.
+      PtrBits bits = ((PtrBits)(uintptr_t) wrapper);
+      NS_ASSERTION((bits & PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT) == 0, "remote bit wrong)");
+      bits |= PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT;
+      writer.PutBytes(&bits, sizeof(bits));
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(stub);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// NOTE: peer and iid are ignored if bits doesn't contain PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::DeserializeInterfaceParamBits(PtrBits bits, PRUint32 peer,
+                                                  const nsID &iid,
+                                                  nsISupports *&obj)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  obj = nsnull;
+
+  if (bits & PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT)
+  {
+    // pointer is to a remote object.  we need to build a stub.
+
+    bits &= ~PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT;
+
+    DConnectStub *stub;
+    rv = CreateStub(iid, peer, (DConAddr) bits, &stub);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      obj = stub;
+  }
+  else if (bits)
+  {
+    // pointer is to one of our instance wrappers. Replace it with the
+    // real instance.
+
+    DConnectInstance *wrapper = (DConnectInstance *) bits;
+    // make sure we've been sent a valid wrapper
+    if (!CheckInstanceAndAddRef(wrapper, peer))
+    {
+      NS_NOTREACHED("instance wrapper not found");
+      return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+    }
+    obj = wrapper->RealInstance();
+    NS_ADDREF(obj);
+    NS_RELEASE(wrapper);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // obj is alredy nsnull
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define EXCEPTION_STUB_ID                          \
+{ /* 70578d68-b25e-4370-a70c-89bbe56e6699 */       \
+  0x70578d68,                                      \
+  0xb25e,                                          \
+  0x4370,                                          \
+  {0xa7, 0x0c, 0x89, 0xbb, 0xe5, 0x6e, 0x66, 0x99} \
+}
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kExceptionStubID, EXCEPTION_STUB_ID);
+
+// ExceptionStub is used to cache all primitive-typed bits of a remote nsIException
+// instance (such as the error message or line number) to:
+//
+// a) reduce the number of IPC calls;
+// b) make sure exception information is available to the calling party even if
+//    the called party terminates immediately after returning an exception.
+//    To achieve this, all cacheable information is serialized together with
+//    the instance wrapper itself.
+
+class ExceptionStub : public nsIException
+{
+public:
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIEXCEPTION
+
+  ExceptionStub(const nsACString &aMessage, nsresult aResult,
+                const nsACString &aName, const nsACString &aFilename,
+                PRUint32 aLineNumber, PRUint32 aColumnNumber,
+                DConnectStub *aXcptStub)
+    : mMessage(aMessage), mResult(aResult)
+    , mName(aName), mFilename(aFilename)
+    , mLineNumber (aLineNumber), mColumnNumber (aColumnNumber)
+    , mXcptStub (aXcptStub) { NS_ASSERTION(aXcptStub, "NULL"); }
+
+  ~ExceptionStub() {}
+
+  nsIException *Exception() { return (nsIException *)(nsISupports *) mXcptStub; }
+  DConnectStub *Stub() { return mXcptStub; }
+
+private:
+
+  nsCString mMessage;
+  nsresult mResult;
+  nsCString mName;
+  nsCString mFilename;
+  PRUint32 mLineNumber;
+  PRUint32 mColumnNumber;
+  nsRefPtr<DConnectStub> mXcptStub;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(ExceptionStub)
+NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(ExceptionStub)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ExceptionStub::QueryInterface(const nsID &aIID, void **aInstancePtr)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aInstancePtr,
+               "QueryInterface requires a non-NULL destination!");
+
+  // used to discover if this is an ExceptionStub instance.
+  if (aIID.Equals(kExceptionStubID))
+  {
+    *aInstancePtr = this;
+    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // regular NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE1 sequence
+
+  nsISupports* foundInterface = 0;
+
+  if (aIID.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsIException)))
+    foundInterface = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIException*, this);
+  else
+  if (aIID.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports)))
+    foundInterface = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsISupports*,
+                                    NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIException *, this));
+  else
+  if (mXcptStub)
+  {
+    // ask the real nsIException object
+    return mXcptStub->QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
+  }
+
+  nsresult status;
+  if (!foundInterface)
+    status = NS_NOINTERFACE;
+  else
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(foundInterface);
+    status = NS_OK;
+  }
+  *aInstancePtr = foundInterface;
+  return status;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute string message; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::GetMessage(char **aMessage)
+{
+  if (!aMessage)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+  *aMessage = ToNewCString(mMessage);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute nsresult result; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::GetResult(nsresult *aResult)
+{
+  if (!aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+  *aResult = mResult;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute string name; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::GetName(char **aName)
+{
+  if (!aName)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+  *aName = ToNewCString(mName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute string filename; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::GetFilename(char **aFilename)
+{
+  if (!aFilename)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+  *aFilename = ToNewCString(mFilename);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute PRUint32 lineNumber; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::GetLineNumber(PRUint32 *aLineNumber)
+{
+  if (!aLineNumber)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+  *aLineNumber = mLineNumber;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute PRUint32 columnNumber; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::GetColumnNumber(PRUint32 *aColumnNumber)
+{
+  if (!aColumnNumber)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+  *aColumnNumber = mColumnNumber;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute nsIStackFrame location; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::GetLocation(nsIStackFrame **aLocation)
+{
+  if (Exception())
+    return Exception()->GetLocation (aLocation);
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute nsIException inner; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::GetInner(nsIException **aInner)
+{
+  if (Exception())
+    return Exception()->GetInner (aInner);
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute nsISupports data; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::GetData(nsISupports * *aData)
+{
+  if (Exception())
+    return Exception()->GetData (aData);
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+/* string toString (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP ExceptionStub::ToString(char **_retval)
+{
+  if (Exception())
+    return Exception()->ToString (_retval);
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::SerializeException(ipcMessageWriter &writer,
+                                       PRUint32 peer, nsIException *xcpt,
+                                       nsVoidArray &wrappers)
+{
+  PRBool cache_fields = PR_FALSE;
+
+  // first, seralize the nsIException pointer.  The code is merely the same as
+  // in SerializeInterfaceParam() except that when the exception to serialize
+  // is an ExceptionStub instance and the real instance it stores as mXcpt
+  // is a DConnectStub corresponding to an object in the address space of the
+  // peer, we simply pass that object back instead of creating a new wrapper.
+
+  {
+    nsAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+    if (mDisconnected)
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    if (!xcpt)
+    {
+      // write null address
+#ifdef VBOX
+      // see ipcDConnectService::DeserializeException()!
+      PtrBits bits = 0;
+      writer.PutBytes(&bits, sizeof(bits));
+#else
+      writer.PutBytes(&xcpt, sizeof(xcpt));
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ExceptionStub *stub = nsnull;
+      nsresult rv = xcpt->QueryInterface(kExceptionStubID, (void **) &stub);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (stub->Stub()->PeerID() == peer))
+      {
+        // send the wrapper instance back to the peer
+        DConAddr p = stub->Stub()->Instance();
+        writer.PutBytes(&p, sizeof(p));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // create instance wrapper
+
+        const nsID &iid = nsIException::GetIID();
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> iinfo;
+        rv = GetInterfaceInfo(iid, getter_AddRefs(iinfo));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return rv;
+
+        DConnectInstance *wrapper = nsnull;
+
+        // first try to find an existing wrapper for the given object
+        if (!FindInstanceAndAddRef(peer, xcpt, &iid, &wrapper))
+        {
+          wrapper = new DConnectInstance(peer, iinfo, xcpt);
+          if (!wrapper)
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+          rv = StoreInstance(wrapper);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          {
+            delete wrapper;
+            return rv;
+          }
+
+          // reference the newly created wrapper
+          wrapper->AddRef();
+        }
+
+        // increase the second, IPC-only, reference counter (mandatory before
+        // trying wrappers.AppendElement() to make sure ReleaseIPC() will remove
+        // the wrapper from the instance map on failure)
+        wrapper->AddRefIPC();
+
+        if (!wrappers.AppendElement(wrapper))
+        {
+          wrapper->ReleaseIPC();
+          wrapper->Release();
+          return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+
+        // wrapper remains referenced when passing it to the client
+        // (will be released upon DCON_OP_RELEASE)
+
+        // send address of the instance wrapper, and set the low bit to indicate
+        // to the remote party that this is a remote instance wrapper.
+        PtrBits bits = ((PtrBits)(uintptr_t) wrapper) | PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT;
+        writer.PutBytes(&bits, sizeof(bits));
+
+        // we want to cache fields to minimize the number of IPC calls when
+        // accessing exception data on the peer side
+        cache_fields = PR_TRUE;
+      }
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(stub);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!cache_fields)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsXPIDLCString str;
+  PRUint32 num;
+
+  // message
+  rv = xcpt->GetMessage(getter_Copies(str));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED (rv))
+  {
+    PRUint32 len = str.Length();
+    nsACString::const_iterator begin;
+    const char *data = str.BeginReading(begin).get();
+    writer.PutInt32(len);
+    writer.PutBytes(data, len);
+  }
+  else
+    writer.PutInt32(0);
+
+  // result
+  nsresult res = 0;
+  xcpt->GetResult(&res);
+  writer.PutInt32(res);
+
+  // name
+  rv = xcpt->GetName(getter_Copies(str));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED (rv))
+  {
+    PRUint32 len = str.Length();
+    nsACString::const_iterator begin;
+    const char *data = str.BeginReading(begin).get();
+    writer.PutInt32(len);
+    writer.PutBytes(data, len);
+  }
+  else
+    writer.PutInt32(0);
+
+  // filename
+  rv = xcpt->GetFilename(getter_Copies(str));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED (rv))
+  {
+    PRUint32 len = str.Length();
+    nsACString::const_iterator begin;
+    const char *data = str.BeginReading(begin).get();
+    writer.PutInt32(len);
+    writer.PutBytes(data, len);
+  }
+  else
+    writer.PutInt32(0);
+
+  // lineNumber
+  num = 0;
+  xcpt->GetLineNumber(&num);
+  writer.PutInt32(num);
+
+  // columnNumber
+  num = 0;
+  xcpt->GetColumnNumber(&num);
+  writer.PutInt32(num);
+
+  return writer.HasError() ? NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY : NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::DeserializeException(ipcMessageReader &reader,
+                                         PRUint32 peer,
+                                         nsIException **xcpt)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (xcpt, "NULL");
+  if (!xcpt)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  PRUint32 len;
+
+  PtrBits bits = 0;
+  reader.GetBytes(&bits, sizeof(DConAddr));
+  if (reader.HasError())
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  if (bits & PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT)
+  {
+    // pointer is a peer-side exception instance wrapper,
+    // read cahced exception data and create a stub for it.
+
+    nsCAutoString message;
+    len = reader.GetInt32();
+    if (len)
+    {
+      message.SetLength(len);
+      char *buf = message.BeginWriting();
+      reader.GetBytes(buf, len);
+    }
+
+    nsresult result = reader.GetInt32();
+
+    nsCAutoString name;
+    len = reader.GetInt32();
+    if (len)
+    {
+      name.SetLength(len);
+      char *buf = name.BeginWriting();
+      reader.GetBytes(buf, len);
+    }
+
+    nsCAutoString filename;
+    len = reader.GetInt32();
+    if (len)
+    {
+      filename.SetLength(len);
+      char *buf = filename.BeginWriting();
+      reader.GetBytes(buf, len);
+    }
+
+    PRUint32 lineNumber = reader.GetInt32();
+    PRUint32 columnNumber = reader.GetInt32();
+
+    if (reader.HasError())
+      rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+    else
+    {
+      DConAddr addr = (DConAddr) (bits & ~PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT);
+      nsRefPtr<DConnectStub> stub;
+      rv = CreateStub(nsIException::GetIID(), peer, addr,
+                      getter_AddRefs(stub));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        // create a special exception "stub" with cached error info
+        ExceptionStub *xcptStub =
+          new ExceptionStub (message, result,
+                             name, filename,
+                             lineNumber, columnNumber,
+                             stub);
+        if (xcptStub)
+        {
+          *xcpt = xcptStub;
+          NS_ADDREF(xcptStub);
+        }
+        else
+          rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (bits)
+  {
+    // pointer is to our instance wrapper for nsIException we've sent before
+    // (the remote method we've called had called us back and got an exception
+    // from us that it decided to return as its own result). Replace it with
+    // the real instance.
+    DConnectInstance *wrapper = (DConnectInstance *) bits;
+    if (CheckInstanceAndAddRef(wrapper, peer))
+    {
+      *xcpt = (nsIException *) wrapper->RealInstance();
+      NS_ADDREF(wrapper->RealInstance());
+      wrapper->Release();
+      rv = NS_OK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      NS_NOTREACHED("instance wrapper not found");
+      rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // the peer explicitly passed us a NULL exception to indicate that the
+    // exception on the current thread should be reset
+    *xcpt = NULL;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DConnectStub::~DConnectStub()
+{
+#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
+  if (IPC_LOG_ENABLED())
+  {
+    const char *name = NULL;
+    mIInfo->GetNameShared(&name);
+    LOG(("{%p} DConnectStub::<dtor>(): peer=%d instance=0x%Lx {%s}\n",
+         this, mPeerID, mInstance, name));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  // release the cached nsISupports instance if it's not the same object
+  if (mCachedISupports != 0 && mCachedISupports != this)
+    NS_RELEASE(mCachedISupports);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsrefcnt)
+DConnectStub::AddRef()
+{
+  nsrefcnt count;
+  count = PR_AtomicIncrement((PRInt32*)&mRefCnt);
+  NS_LOG_ADDREF(this, count, "DConnectStub", sizeof(*this));
+  return count;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsrefcnt)
+DConnectStub::Release()
+{
+  nsrefcnt count;
+
+  nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> dConnect (ipcDConnectService::GetInstance());
+  if (dConnect)
+  {
+    // lock the stub lock on every release to make sure that once the counter
+    // drops to zero, we delete the stub from the set of stubs before a new
+    // request to create a stub on other thread tries to find the existing
+    // stub in the set (wchich could otherwise AddRef the object after it had
+    // Released to zero and pass it to the client right before its
+    // destruction).
+    nsAutoLock stubLock (dConnect->StubLock());
+
+    count = PR_AtomicDecrement((PRInt32 *)&mRefCnt);
+    NS_LOG_RELEASE(this, count, "DConnectStub");
+
+
+    #ifdef IPC_LOGGING
+    if (IPC_LOG_ENABLED())
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      mIInfo->GetNameShared(&name);
+      LOG(("{%p} DConnectStub::Release(): peer=%d instance=0x%Lx {%s}, new count=%d\n",
+          this, mPeerID, mInstance, name, count));
+    }
+    #endif
+
+    // mRefCntLevels may already be empty here (due to the "stabilize" trick below)
+    if (mRefCntLevels.GetSize() > 0)
+    {
+      nsrefcnt top = (nsrefcnt) (long) mRefCntLevels.Peek();
+      NS_ASSERTION(top <= count + 1, "refcount is beyond the top level");
+
+      if (top == count + 1)
+      {
+        // refcount dropped to a value stored in ipcDConnectService::CreateStub.
+        // Send a RELEASE request to the peer (see also AddRefIPC).
+
+        // remove the top refcount value
+        mRefCntLevels.Pop();
+
+        if (0 == count)
+        {
+          // this is the last reference, remove from the set before we leave
+          // the lock, to provide atomicity of these two operations
+          dConnect->DeleteStub (this);
+
+          NS_ASSERTION(mRefCntLevels.GetSize() == 0, "refcnt levels are still left");
+        }
+
+        // leave the lock before sending a message
+        stubLock.unlock();
+
+        nsresult rv;
+
+        DConnectRelease msg;
+        msg.opcode_major = DCON_OP_RELEASE;
+        msg.opcode_minor = 0;
+        msg.flags = 0;
+        msg.request_index = 0; // not used, set to some unused value
+        msg.instance = mInstance;
+
+        // fire off asynchronously... we don't expect any response to this message.
+        rv = IPC_SendMessage(mPeerID, kDConnectTargetID,
+                           (const PRUint8 *) &msg, sizeof(msg));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          NS_WARNING("failed to send RELEASE event");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    count = PR_AtomicDecrement((PRInt32 *)&mRefCnt);
+    NS_LOG_RELEASE(this, count, "DConnectStub");
+  }
+
+  if (0 == count)
+  {
+    mRefCnt = 1; /* stabilize */
+    delete this;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return count;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+DConnectStub::QueryInterface(const nsID &aIID, void **aInstancePtr)
+{
+  // used to discover if this is a DConnectStub instance.
+  if (aIID.Equals(kDConnectStubID))
+  {
+    *aInstancePtr = this;
+    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // In order to truely support the COM Identity Rule across processes,
+  // we need to make the following code work:
+  //
+  //   IFoo *foo = ...
+  //   nsISupports unk;
+  //   foo->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports), (void **) &unk);
+  //   unk->Release();
+  //   nsISupports unk2;
+  //   foo->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports), (void **) &unk2);
+  //   Assert (unk == unk2);
+  //
+  // I.e. querying nsISupports on the same object must always return the same
+  // pointer, even if the nsISupports object returned for the first time is
+  // released before it is requested for the second time, as long as the
+  // original object is kept alive (referenced by the client) between these
+  // two queries.
+  //
+  // This is done by remembering the nsISupports stub returned by the peer
+  // when nsISupports is queried for the first time. The remembered stub, when
+  // it is not the same as this object, is strongly referenced in order to
+  // keep it alive (and therefore have the same pointer value) as long as this
+  // object is alive.
+  //
+  // Besides supporting the Identity Rule, this also reduces the number of IPC
+  // calls, since an IPC call requesting nsISupports will be done only once
+  // per every stub object.
+
+  nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> dConnect (ipcDConnectService::GetInstance());
+  NS_ASSERTION(dConnect, "no ipcDConnectService (uninitialized?)");
+  if (!dConnect)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  PRBool needISupports = aIID.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports));
+
+  if (needISupports)
+  {
+    // XXX it would be sufficient to use cmpxchg here to protect access to
+    // mCachedISupports, but NSPR doesn't provide cross-platform cmpxchg
+    // functionality, so we have to use a shared lock instead...
+    PR_Lock(dConnect->StubQILock());
+
+    // check if we have already got a nsISupports stub for this object
+    if (mCachedISupports != 0)
+    {
+      *aInstancePtr = mCachedISupports;
+      NS_ADDREF(mCachedISupports);
+
+      PR_Unlock(dConnect->StubQILock());
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // check if this object is nsISupports itself
+    {
+      nsIID *iid = 0;
+      rv = mIInfo->GetInterfaceIID(&iid);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && iid,
+                   "nsIInterfaceInfo::GetInterfaceIID failed");
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && iid &&
+          iid->Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports)))
+      {
+        nsMemory::Free((void*)iid);
+
+        // nsISupports is queried on nsISupports, return ourselves
+        *aInstancePtr = this;
+        NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+        // cache ourselves weakly
+        mCachedISupports = this;
+
+        PR_Unlock(dConnect->StubQILock());
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      if (iid)
+        nsMemory::Free((void*)iid);
+    }
+
+    // stub lock remains held until we've queried the peer
+  }
+
+  // else, we need to query the peer object by making an IPC call
+
+#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
+  if (IPC_LOG_ENABLED())
+  {
+    const char *name;
+    mIInfo->GetNameShared(&name);
+    const char *nameQ;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIInterfaceInfo> iinfoQ;
+    dConnect->GetInterfaceInfo(aIID, getter_AddRefs(iinfoQ));
+    if (iinfoQ) {
+        iinfoQ->GetNameShared(&nameQ);
+        LOG(("calling QueryInterface {%s} on peer object "
+             "(stub=%p, instance=0x%Lx {%s})\n",
+             nameQ, this, mInstance, name));
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  DConnectSetupQueryInterface msg;
+  msg.opcode_minor = DCON_OP_SETUP_QUERY_INTERFACE;
+  msg.iid = aIID;
+  msg.instance = mInstance;
+
+  rv = SetupPeerInstance(mPeerID, &msg, sizeof(msg), aInstancePtr);
+
+  if (needISupports)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // cache the nsISupports object (SetupPeerInstance returns DConnectStub)
+      mCachedISupports = (DConnectStub *) *aInstancePtr;
+      // use a weak reference if nsISupports is the same object as us
+      if (this != mCachedISupports)
+        NS_ADDREF(mCachedISupports);
+    }
+
+    PR_Unlock(dConnect->StubQILock());
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+DConnectStub::GetInterfaceInfo(nsIInterfaceInfo **aInfo)
+{
+  NS_ADDREF(*aInfo = mIInfo);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+DConnectStub::CallMethod(PRUint16 aMethodIndex,
+                         const nsXPTMethodInfo *aInfo,
+                         nsXPTCMiniVariant *aParams)
+{
+  LOG(("DConnectStub::CallMethod [methodIndex=%hu]\n", aMethodIndex));
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // reset the exception early.  this is necessary because we may return a
+  // failure from here without setting an exception (which might be expected
+  // by the caller to detect the error origin: the interface we are stubbing
+  // may indicate in some way that it always sets the exception info on
+  // failure, therefore an "infoless" failure means the origin is RPC).
+  // besides that, resetting the excetion before every IPC call is exactly the
+  // same thing as Win32 RPC does, so doing this is useful for getting
+  // similarity in behaviors.
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIExceptionService> es;
+  es = do_GetService (NS_EXCEPTIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED (rv))
+    return rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIExceptionManager> em;
+  rv = es->GetCurrentExceptionManager (getter_AddRefs(em));
+  if (NS_FAILED (rv))
+    return rv;
+  rv = em->SetCurrentException(NULL);
+  if (NS_FAILED (rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // ensure ipcDConnectService is not deleted before we finish
+  nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> dConnect (ipcDConnectService::GetInstance());
+  if (!dConnect)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // dump arguments
+
+  PRUint8 i, paramCount = aInfo->GetParamCount();
+
+#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
+  if (IPC_LOG_ENABLED())
+  {
+    const char *name;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> iinfo;
+    GetInterfaceInfo(getter_AddRefs(iinfo));
+    iinfo->GetNameShared(&name);
+    LOG(("  instance=0x%Lx {%s}\n", mInstance, name));
+    LOG(("  name=%s\n", aInfo->GetName()));
+    LOG(("  param-count=%u\n", (PRUint32) paramCount));
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+  ipcMessageWriter writer(16 * paramCount);
+
+  // INVOKE message header
+  DConnectInvoke invoke;
+  invoke.opcode_major = DCON_OP_INVOKE;
+  invoke.opcode_minor = 0;
+  invoke.flags = 0;
+  invoke.request_index = NewRequestIndex();
+  invoke.instance = mInstance;
+  invoke.method_index = aMethodIndex;
+
+  LOG(("  request-index=%d\n", (PRUint32) invoke.request_index));
+
+  writer.PutBytes(&invoke, sizeof(invoke));
+
+  // list of wrappers that get created during parameter serialization.  if we
+  // are unable to send the INVOKE message, then we'll clean these up.
+  nsVoidArray wrappers;
+
+  for (i=0; i<paramCount; ++i)
+  {
+    const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo = aInfo->GetParam(i);
+
+    if (paramInfo.IsIn() && !paramInfo.IsDipper())
+    {
+      const nsXPTType &type = paramInfo.GetType();
+
+      if (type.IsInterfacePointer())
+      {
+        nsID iid;
+        rv = dConnect->GetIIDForMethodParam(mIInfo, aInfo, paramInfo, type,
+                                             aMethodIndex, aParams, PR_FALSE, iid);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = dConnect->SerializeInterfaceParam(writer, mPeerID, iid,
+                                                 (nsISupports *) aParams[i].val.p,
+                                                 wrappers);
+      }
+      else
+        rv = SerializeParam(writer, type, aParams[i]);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+    }
+    else if ((paramInfo.IsOut() || paramInfo.IsRetval()) && !aParams[i].val.p)
+    {
+      // report error early if NULL pointer is passed as an output parameter
+      rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    // INVOKE message wasn't sent; clean up wrappers
+    dConnect->ReleaseWrappers(wrappers, mPeerID);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // serialize input array parameters after everything else since the
+  // deserialization procedure will need to get a size_is value which may be
+  // stored in any preceeding or following param
+  for (i=0; i<paramCount; ++i)
+  {
+    const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo = aInfo->GetParam(i);
+
+    if (paramInfo.GetType().IsArray() &&
+        paramInfo.IsIn() && !paramInfo.IsDipper())
+    {
+      rv = SerializeArrayParam(dConnect, writer, mPeerID, mIInfo, aMethodIndex,
+                               *aInfo, aParams, PR_FALSE, paramInfo,
+                               aParams[i].val.p, wrappers);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {
+        // INVOKE message wasn't sent; clean up wrappers
+        dConnect->ReleaseWrappers(wrappers, mPeerID);
+        return rv;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // temporarily disable the DConnect target observer to block normal processing
+  // of pending messages through the event queue.
+  IPC_DISABLE_MESSAGE_OBSERVER_FOR_SCOPE(kDConnectTargetID);
+
+  rv = IPC_SendMessage(mPeerID, kDConnectTargetID,
+                       writer.GetBuffer(),
+                       writer.GetSize());
+  LOG(("DConnectStub::CallMethod: IPC_SendMessage()=%08X\n", rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    // INVOKE message wasn't delivered; clean up wrappers
+    dConnect->ReleaseWrappers(wrappers, mPeerID);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // now, we wait for the method call to complete.  during that time, it's
+  // possible that we'll receive other method call requests.  we'll process
+  // those while waiting for out method call to complete.  it's critical that
+  // we do so since those other method calls might need to complete before
+  // out method call can complete!
+
+  DConnectInvokeCompletion completion(mPeerID, &invoke);
+
+  do
+  {
+    rv = IPC_WaitMessage(IPC_SENDER_ANY, kDConnectTargetID,
+                         &completion.GetSelector(), &completion,
+                         DCON_WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+    LOG(("DConnectStub::CallMethod: IPC_WaitMessage()=%08X\n", rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      // INVOKE message wasn't received; clean up wrappers
+      dConnect->ReleaseWrappers(wrappers, mPeerID);
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  while (completion.IsPending());
+
+  ipcMessageReader reader(completion.Params(), completion.ParamsLen());
+
+  rv = completion.GetResult();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    PRUint8 i;
+
+    // handle out-params and retvals: DCON_OP_INVOKE_REPLY has the data
+    for (i=0; i<paramCount; ++i)
+    {
+      const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo = aInfo->GetParam(i);
+
+      if (paramInfo.IsOut() || paramInfo.IsRetval())
+        DeserializeResult(reader, paramInfo.GetType(), aParams[i]);
+    }
+
+    // fixup any interface pointers using a second pass so we can properly
+    // handle INTERFACE_IS referencing an IID that is an out param! This pass is
+    // also used to deserialize arrays (array data goes after all other params).
+    for (i=0; i<paramCount && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv); ++i)
+    {
+      const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo = aInfo->GetParam(i);
+      if ((paramInfo.IsOut() || paramInfo.IsRetval()) && aParams[i].val.p)
+      {
+        const nsXPTType &type = paramInfo.GetType();
+        if (type.IsInterfacePointer())
+        {
+          // grab the DConAddr value temporarily stored in the param, restore
+          // the pointer and free the temporarily allocated memory.
+          DConAddrPlusPtr *dptr = (DConAddrPlusPtr *)aParams[i].val.p;
+          PtrBits bits = dptr->addr;
+          aParams[i].val.p = dptr->p;
+          nsMemory::Free((void *)dptr);
+
+          // DeserializeInterfaceParamBits needs IID only if it's a remote object
+          nsID iid;
+          if (bits & PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT)
+            rv = dConnect->GetIIDForMethodParam(mIInfo, aInfo, paramInfo, type,
+                                                aMethodIndex, aParams, PR_FALSE,
+                                                iid);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            nsISupports *obj = nsnull;
+            rv = dConnect->DeserializeInterfaceParamBits(bits, mPeerID, iid, obj);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              *(void **)aParams[i].val.p = obj;
+          }
+        }
+        else if (type.IsArray())
+        {
+          void *array = nsnull;
+          rv = DeserializeArrayParam(dConnect, reader, mPeerID, mIInfo,
+                                     aMethodIndex, *aInfo, aParams, PR_FALSE,
+                                     paramInfo, PR_TRUE, array);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            *(void **)aParams[i].val.p = array;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (completion.Reply()->flags & DCON_OP_FLAGS_REPLY_EXCEPTION)
+  {
+    LOG(("got nsIException instance, will create a stub\n"));
+
+    nsIException *xcpt = nsnull;
+    rv = dConnect->DeserializeException (reader, mPeerID, &xcpt);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = em->SetCurrentException(xcpt);
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(xcpt);
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to deserialize/set exception");
+  }
+
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? completion.GetResult() : rv;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class DConnectSetupCompletion : public DConnectCompletion
+{
+public:
+  DConnectSetupCompletion(PRUint32 peer, const DConnectSetup *setup)
+    : DConnectCompletion(peer, DCON_OP_SETUP_REPLY, setup->request_index)
+    , mSetup(setup)
+    , mStatus(NS_OK)
+  {}
+
+  void OnResponseAvailable(PRUint32 sender, const DConnectOp *op, PRUint32 opLen)
+  {
+    if (op->opcode_major != DCON_OP_SETUP_REPLY)
+    {
+      NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected response");
+      mStatus = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (opLen < sizeof(DConnectSetupReply))
+    {
+      NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected response size");
+      mStatus = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    const DConnectSetupReply *reply = (const DConnectSetupReply *) op;
+
+    LOG(("got SETUP_REPLY: status=%x instance=0x%Lx\n", reply->status, reply->instance));
+
+    mStatus = reply->status;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(reply->status))
+    {
+      // ensure ipcDConnectService is not deleted before we finish
+      nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> dConnect (ipcDConnectService::GetInstance());
+      nsresult rv;
+      if (dConnect)
+        rv = dConnect->CreateStub(mSetup->iid, sender, reply->instance,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(mStub));
+      else
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        mStatus = rv;
+    }
+
+    if (reply->flags & DCON_OP_FLAGS_REPLY_EXCEPTION)
+    {
+      const PRUint8 *params = ((const PRUint8 *) op) + sizeof (DConnectSetupReply);
+      const PRUint32 paramsLen = opLen - sizeof (DConnectSetupReply);
+
+      ipcMessageReader reader(params, paramsLen);
+
+      LOG(("got nsIException instance, will create a stub\n"));
+
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIExceptionService> es;
+      es = do_GetService (NS_EXCEPTIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIExceptionManager> em;
+        rv = es->GetCurrentExceptionManager (getter_AddRefs(em));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          // ensure ipcDConnectService is not deleted before we finish
+          nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> dConnect (ipcDConnectService::GetInstance());
+          if (dConnect)
+          {
+            nsIException *xcpt = nsnull;
+            rv = dConnect->DeserializeException (reader, sender, &xcpt);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+              rv = em->SetCurrentException(xcpt);
+              NS_IF_RELEASE(xcpt);
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+      }
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to deserialize/set exception");
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        mStatus = rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsresult GetStub(void **aInstancePtr)
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(mStatus))
+      return mStatus;
+
+    DConnectStub *stub = mStub;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(stub);
+    *aInstancePtr = stub;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  const DConnectSetup    *mSetup;
+  nsresult                mStatus;
+  nsRefPtr<DConnectStub>  mStub;
+};
+
+// static
+nsresult
+SetupPeerInstance(PRUint32 aPeerID, DConnectSetup *aMsg, PRUint32 aMsgLen,
+                  void **aInstancePtr)
+{
+  *aInstancePtr = nsnull;
+
+  aMsg->opcode_major = DCON_OP_SETUP;
+  aMsg->flags = 0;
+  aMsg->request_index = NewRequestIndex();
+
+  // temporarily disable the DConnect target observer to block normal processing
+  // of pending messages through the event queue.
+  IPC_DISABLE_MESSAGE_OBSERVER_FOR_SCOPE(kDConnectTargetID);
+
+  // send SETUP message, expect SETUP_REPLY
+
+  nsresult rv = IPC_SendMessage(aPeerID, kDConnectTargetID,
+                                (const PRUint8 *) aMsg, aMsgLen);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  DConnectSetupCompletion completion(aPeerID, aMsg);
+
+  // need to allow messages from other clients to be processed immediately
+  // to avoid distributed dead locks.  the completion's OnMessageAvailable
+  // will call our default OnMessageAvailable if it receives any message
+  // other than the one for which it is waiting.
+
+  do
+  {
+    rv = IPC_WaitMessage(IPC_SENDER_ANY, kDConnectTargetID,
+                         &completion.GetSelector(), &completion,
+                         DCON_WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    rv = completion.GetStub(aInstancePtr);
+  }
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aInstancePtr == nsnull);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED)  && !defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+
+class DConnectWorker : public nsIRunnable
+{
+public:
+  // no reference counting
+  NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) AddRef() { return 1; }
+  NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) Release() { return 1; }
+  NS_IMETHOD QueryInterface(const nsIID &aIID, void **aInstancePtr);
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+
+  DConnectWorker(ipcDConnectService *aDConnect) : mDConnect (aDConnect), mIsRunnable (PR_FALSE) {}
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) Init();
+  NS_HIDDEN_(void) Join() { mThread->Join(); };
+  NS_HIDDEN_(bool) IsRunning() { return mIsRunnable; };
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIThread> mThread;
+  ipcDConnectService *mDConnect;
+
+  // Indicate if thread might be quickly joined on shutdown.
+  volatile bool mIsRunnable;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE1(DConnectWorker, nsIRunnable)
+
+nsresult
+DConnectWorker::Init()
+{
+  return NS_NewThread(getter_AddRefs(mThread), this, 0, PR_JOINABLE_THREAD);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+DConnectWorker::Run()
+{
+  LOG(("DConnect Worker thread started.\n"));
+
+  mIsRunnable = PR_TRUE;
+
+  nsAutoMonitor mon(mDConnect->mPendingMon);
+
+  while (!mDConnect->mDisconnected)
+  {
+    DConnectRequest *request = mDConnect->mPendingQ.First();
+    if (!request)
+    {
+      mDConnect->mWaitingWorkers++;
+      {
+        // Note: we attempt to enter mWaitingWorkersMon from under mPendingMon
+        // here, but it should be safe because it's the only place where it
+        // happens. We could exit mPendingMon first, but we need to wait on it
+        // shorltly afterwards, which in turn will require us to enter it again
+        // just to exit immediately and start waiting. This seems to me a bit
+        // stupid (exit->enter->exit->wait).
+        nsAutoMonitor workersMon(mDConnect->mWaitingWorkersMon);
+        workersMon.NotifyAll();
+      }
+
+      nsresult rv = mon.Wait();
+      mDConnect->mWaitingWorkers--;
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LOG(("DConnect Worker thread got request.\n"));
+
+      // remove the request from the queue
+      mDConnect->mPendingQ.RemoveFirst();
+
+      PRBool pendingQEmpty = mDConnect->mPendingQ.IsEmpty();
+      mon.Exit();
+
+      if (pendingQEmpty)
+      {
+        nsAutoMonitor workersMon(mDConnect->mWaitingWorkersMon);
+        workersMon.NotifyAll();
+      }
+
+      // request is processed outside the queue monitor
+      mDConnect->OnIncomingRequest(request->peer, request->op, request->opLen);
+      delete request;
+
+      mon.Enter();
+    }
+  }
+
+  mIsRunnable = PR_FALSE;
+
+  LOG(("DConnect Worker thread stopped.\n"));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// called only on DConnect message thread
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::CreateWorker()
+{
+  DConnectWorker *worker = new DConnectWorker(this);
+  if (!worker)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  nsresult rv = worker->Init();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoLock lock(mLock);
+    /* tracking an illegal join in Shutdown. */
+    NS_ASSERTION(!mDisconnected, "CreateWorker racing Shutdown");
+    if (!mWorkers.AppendElement(worker))
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    delete worker;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+#endif // defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED) && !defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ipcDConnectService::ipcDConnectService()
+ : mLock(NULL)
+ , mStubLock(NULL)
+ , mDisconnected(PR_TRUE)
+ , mStubQILock(NULL)
+#if defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+ , mhReqPool(NIL_RTREQPOOL)
+#endif
+{
+}
+
+PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PLDHashOperator)
+EnumerateInstanceMapAndDelete (const DConnectInstanceKey::Key &aKey,
+                               DConnectInstance *aData,
+                               void *userArg)
+{
+  // this method is to be called on ipcDConnectService shutdown only
+  // (after which no DConnectInstances may exist), so forcibly delete them
+  // disregarding the reference counter
+
+#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
+  if (IPC_LOG_ENABLED())
+  {
+    const char *name;
+    aData->InterfaceInfo()->GetNameShared(&name);
+    LOG(("ipcDConnectService: WARNING: deleting unreleased "
+         "instance=%p iface=%p {%s}\n", aData, aData->RealInstance(), name));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  delete aData;
+  return PL_DHASH_NEXT;
+}
+
+ipcDConnectService::~ipcDConnectService()
+{
+  if (!mDisconnected)
+    Shutdown();
+
+  mInstance = nsnull;
+  PR_DestroyLock(mStubQILock);
+  PR_DestroyLock(mStubLock);
+  PR_DestroyLock(mLock);
+#if defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+  RTReqPoolRelease(mhReqPool);
+  mhReqPool = NIL_RTREQPOOL;
+#endif
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  LOG(("ipcDConnectService::Init.\n"));
+
+  rv = IPC_DefineTarget(kDConnectTargetID, this);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  rv = IPC_AddClientObserver(this);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  mLock = PR_NewLock();
+  if (!mLock)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  if (!mInstances.Init())
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  if (!mInstanceSet.Init())
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  mStubLock = PR_NewLock();
+  if (!mStubLock)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  if (!mStubs.Init())
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  mIIM = do_GetService(NS_INTERFACEINFOMANAGER_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  mStubQILock = PR_NewLock();
+  if (!mStubQILock)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED)
+# if defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+  int vrc = RTReqPoolCreate(1024 /*cMaxThreads*/, 10*RT_MS_1SEC /*cMsMinIdle*/,
+                            8 /*cThreadsPushBackThreshold */, RT_MS_1SEC /* cMsMaxPushBack */,
+                            "DCon", &mhReqPool);
+  if (RT_FAILURE(vrc))
+  {
+    mhReqPool = NIL_RTREQPOOL;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  mDisconnected = PR_FALSE;
+
+# else
+
+  mPendingMon = nsAutoMonitor::NewMonitor("DConnect pendingQ monitor");
+  if (!mPendingMon)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  mWaitingWorkers = 0;
+
+  mWaitingWorkersMon = nsAutoMonitor::NewMonitor("DConnect waiting workers monitor");
+  if (!mWaitingWorkersMon)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  /* The DConnectWorker::Run method checks the ipcDConnectService::mDisconnected.
+   * So mDisconnect must be set here to avoid an immediate exit of the worker thread.
+   */
+  mDisconnected = PR_FALSE;
+
+  // create a single worker thread
+  rv = CreateWorker();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    mDisconnected = PR_TRUE;
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+# endif
+#else
+
+  mDisconnected = PR_FALSE;
+
+#endif
+
+  mInstance = this;
+
+  LOG(("ipcDConnectService::Init NS_OK.\n"));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+ipcDConnectService::Shutdown()
+{
+  {
+    // set the disconnected flag to make sensitive public methods
+    // unavailale from other (non worker) threads.
+    nsAutoLock lock(mLock);
+    mDisconnected = PR_TRUE;
+  }
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED)
+# if defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+
+#  if defined(DCONNECT_STATS)
+  fprintf(stderr, "ipcDConnectService Stats\n");
+  fprintf(stderr,
+          " => number of worker threads:  %llu (created %llu)\n"
+          " => requests processed:        %llu\n"
+          " => avg requests process time: %llu ns\n"
+          " => avg requests waiting time: %llu ns\n",
+          RTReqPoolGetStat(mhReqPool, RTREQPOOLSTAT_THREADS),
+          RTReqPoolGetStat(mhReqPool, RTREQPOOLSTAT_THREADS_CREATED),
+          RTReqPoolGetStat(mhReqPool, RTREQPOOLSTAT_REQUESTS_PROCESSED),
+          RTReqPoolGetStat(mhReqPool, RTREQPOOLSTAT_NS_AVERAGE_REQ_PROCESSING),
+          RTReqPoolGetStat(mhReqPool, RTREQPOOLSTAT_NS_AVERAGE_REQ_QUEUED)
+          );
+#  endif
+
+  RTReqPoolRelease(mhReqPool);
+  mhReqPool = NIL_RTREQPOOL;
+
+# else
+
+  {
+    // remove all pending messages and wake up all workers.
+    // mDisconnected is true here and they will terminate execution after
+    // processing the last request.
+    nsAutoMonitor mon(mPendingMon);
+    mPendingQ.DeleteAll();
+    mon.NotifyAll();
+  }
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_STATS)
+  fprintf(stderr, "ipcDConnectService Stats\n");
+  fprintf(stderr, " => number of worker threads: %d\n", mWorkers.Count());
+  LOG(("ipcDConnectService Stats\n"));
+  LOG((" => number of worker threads: %d\n", mWorkers.Count()));
+#endif
+
+
+  // Iterate over currently running worker threads
+  // during VBOX_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT_MS, join() those who
+  // exited a working loop and abandon ones which have not
+  // managed to do that when timeout occurred.
+  LOG(("Worker threads: %d\n", mWorkers.Count()));
+  uint64_t tsStart = RTTimeMilliTS();
+  while ((tsStart + VBOX_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT_MS ) > RTTimeMilliTS() && mWorkers.Count() > 0)
+  {
+    // Some array elements might be deleted while iterating. Going from the last
+    // to the first array element (intentionally) in order to do not conflict with
+    // array indexing once element is deleted.
+    for (int i = mWorkers.Count() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+      DConnectWorker *worker = NS_STATIC_CAST(DConnectWorker *, mWorkers[i]);
+      if (worker->IsRunning() == PR_FALSE)
+      {
+        LOG(("Worker %p joined.\n", worker));
+        worker->Join();
+        delete worker;
+        mWorkers.RemoveElementAt(i);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Double-ckeck if we already allowed to quit. */
+    if ((tsStart + VBOX_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT_MS ) < RTTimeMilliTS() || mWorkers.Count() == 0)
+        break;
+
+    // Relax a bit before the next round.
+    RTThreadSleep(10);
+  }
+
+  LOG(("There are %d thread(s) left.\n", mWorkers.Count()));
+
+  // If there are some running threads left, terminate the process.
+  if (mWorkers.Count() > 0)
+    exit(1);
+
+
+  nsAutoMonitor::DestroyMonitor(mWaitingWorkersMon);
+  nsAutoMonitor::DestroyMonitor(mPendingMon);
+
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  // make sure we have released all instances
+  mInstances.EnumerateRead(EnumerateInstanceMapAndDelete, nsnull);
+
+  mInstanceSet.Clear();
+  mInstances.Clear();
+
+  // clear the stub table
+  // (this will not release stubs -- it's the client's responsibility)
+  mStubs.Clear();
+}
+
+// this should be inlined
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::GetInterfaceInfo(const nsID &iid, nsIInterfaceInfo **result)
+{
+  return mIIM->GetInfoForIID(&iid, result);
+}
+
+// this is adapted from the version in xpcwrappednative.cpp
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::GetIIDForMethodParam(nsIInterfaceInfo *iinfo,
+                                         const nsXPTMethodInfo *methodInfo,
+                                         const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo,
+                                         const nsXPTType &type,
+                                         PRUint16 methodIndex,
+                                         nsXPTCMiniVariant *dispatchParams,
+                                         PRBool isXPTCVariantArray,
+                                         nsID &result)
+{
+  PRUint8 argnum, tag = type.TagPart();
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (tag == nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE)
+  {
+    rv = iinfo->GetIIDForParamNoAlloc(methodIndex, &paramInfo, &result);
+  }
+  else if (tag == nsXPTType::T_INTERFACE_IS)
+  {
+    rv = iinfo->GetInterfaceIsArgNumberForParam(methodIndex, &paramInfo, &argnum);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    const nsXPTParamInfo& arg_param = methodInfo->GetParam(argnum);
+    const nsXPTType& arg_type = arg_param.GetType();
+
+    // The xpidl compiler ensures this. We reaffirm it for safety.
+    if (!arg_type.IsPointer() || arg_type.TagPart() != nsXPTType::T_IID)
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    nsID *p = (nsID *) GET_PARAM(dispatchParams, isXPTCVariantArray, argnum).val.p;
+    if (!p)
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    result = *p;
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::StoreInstance(DConnectInstance *wrapper)
+{
+#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
+  if (IPC_LOG_ENABLED())
+  {
+    const char *name;
+    wrapper->InterfaceInfo()->GetNameShared(&name);
+    LOG(("ipcDConnectService::StoreInstance(): instance=%p iface=%p {%s}\n",
+         wrapper, wrapper->RealInstance(), name));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  nsresult rv = mInstanceSet.Put(wrapper);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = mInstances.Put(wrapper->GetKey(), wrapper)
+      ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      mInstanceSet.Remove(wrapper);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void
+ipcDConnectService::DeleteInstance(DConnectInstance *wrapper,
+                                   PRBool locked /* = PR_FALSE */)
+{
+  if (!locked)
+    PR_Lock(mLock);
+
+#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
+  if (IPC_LOG_ENABLED())
+  {
+    const char *name;
+    wrapper->InterfaceInfo()->GetNameShared(&name);
+    LOG(("ipcDConnectService::DeleteInstance(): instance=%p iface=%p {%s}\n",
+         wrapper, wrapper->RealInstance(), name));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  mInstances.Remove(wrapper->GetKey());
+  mInstanceSet.Remove(wrapper);
+
+  if (!locked)
+    PR_Unlock(mLock);
+}
+
+PRBool
+ipcDConnectService::FindInstanceAndAddRef(PRUint32 peer,
+                                          const nsISupports *obj,
+                                          const nsIID *iid,
+                                          DConnectInstance **wrapper)
+{
+  PRBool result = mInstances.Get(DConnectInstanceKey::Key(peer, obj, iid), wrapper);
+  if (result)
+    (*wrapper)->AddRef();
+  return result;
+}
+
+PRBool
+ipcDConnectService::CheckInstanceAndAddRef(DConnectInstance *wrapper, PRUint32 peer)
+{
+  nsAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+  if (mInstanceSet.Contains(wrapper) && wrapper->Peer() == peer)
+  {
+    wrapper->AddRef();
+    return PR_TRUE;
+  }
+  return PR_FALSE;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ipcDConnectService::StoreStub(DConnectStub *stub)
+{
+#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
+  if (IPC_LOG_ENABLED())
+  {
+    const char *name;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> iinfo;
+    stub->GetInterfaceInfo(getter_AddRefs(iinfo));
+    iinfo->GetNameShared(&name);
+    LOG(("ipcDConnectService::StoreStub(): stub=%p instance=0x%Lx {%s}\n",
+         stub, stub->Instance(), name));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return mStubs.Put(stub->GetKey(), stub)
+      ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+void
+ipcDConnectService::DeleteStub(DConnectStub *stub)
+{
+#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
+  if (IPC_LOG_ENABLED())
+  {
+    const char *name;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> iinfo;
+    stub->GetInterfaceInfo(getter_AddRefs(iinfo));
+    iinfo->GetNameShared(&name);
+    LOG(("ipcDConnectService::DeleteStub(): stub=%p instance=0x%Lx {%s}\n",
+         stub, stub->Instance(), name));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  // this method is intended to be called only from DConnectStub::Release().
+  // the stub object is not deleted when removed from the table, because
+  // DConnectStub pointers are not owned by mStubs.
+  mStubs.Remove(stub->GetKey());
+}
+
+// not currently used
+#if 0
+PRBool
+ipcDConnectService::FindStubAndAddRef(PRUint32 peer, const DConAddr instance,
+                                      DConnectStub **stub)
+{
+  nsAutoLock stubLock (mStubLock);
+
+  PRBool result = mStubs.Get(DConnectStubKey::Key(peer, instance), stub);
+  if (result)
+    NS_ADDREF(*stub);
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS3(ipcDConnectService, ipcIDConnectService,
+                                                  ipcIMessageObserver,
+                                                  ipcIClientObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ipcDConnectService::CreateInstance(PRUint32 aPeerID,
+                                   const nsID &aCID,
+                                   const nsID &aIID,
+                                   void **aInstancePtr)
+{
+  DConnectSetupClassID msg;
+  msg.opcode_minor = DCON_OP_SETUP_NEW_INST_CLASSID;
+  msg.iid = aIID;
+  msg.classid = aCID;
+
+  return SetupPeerInstance(aPeerID, &msg, sizeof(msg), aInstancePtr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ipcDConnectService::CreateInstanceByContractID(PRUint32 aPeerID,
+                                               const char *aContractID,
+                                               const nsID &aIID,
+                                               void **aInstancePtr)
+{
+  size_t slen = strlen(aContractID);
+  size_t size = sizeof(DConnectSetupContractID) + slen;
+
+  DConnectSetupContractID *msg =
+      (DConnectSetupContractID *) malloc(size);
+
+  msg->opcode_minor = DCON_OP_SETUP_NEW_INST_CONTRACTID;
+  msg->iid = aIID;
+  memcpy(&msg->contractid, aContractID, slen + 1);
+
+  nsresult rv = SetupPeerInstance(aPeerID, msg, size, aInstancePtr);
+
+  free(msg);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ipcDConnectService::GetService(PRUint32 aPeerID,
+                               const nsID &aCID,
+                               const nsID &aIID,
+                               void **aInstancePtr)
+{
+  DConnectSetupClassID msg;
+  msg.opcode_minor = DCON_OP_SETUP_GET_SERV_CLASSID;
+  msg.iid = aIID;
+  msg.classid = aCID;
+
+  return SetupPeerInstance(aPeerID, &msg, sizeof(msg), aInstancePtr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ipcDConnectService::GetServiceByContractID(PRUint32 aPeerID,
+                                           const char *aContractID,
+                                           const nsID &aIID,
+                                           void **aInstancePtr)
+{
+  size_t slen = strlen(aContractID);
+  size_t size = sizeof(DConnectSetupContractID) + slen;
+
+  DConnectSetupContractID *msg =
+      (DConnectSetupContractID *) malloc(size);
+
+  msg->opcode_minor = DCON_OP_SETUP_GET_SERV_CONTRACTID;
+  msg->iid = aIID;
+  memcpy(&msg->contractid, aContractID, slen + 1);
+
+  nsresult rv = SetupPeerInstance(aPeerID, msg, size, aInstancePtr);
+
+  free(msg);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ipcDConnectService::OnMessageAvailable(PRUint32 aSenderID,
+                                       const nsID &aTarget,
+                                       const PRUint8 *aData,
+                                       PRUint32 aDataLen)
+{
+  if (mDisconnected)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  const DConnectOp *op = (const DConnectOp *) aData;
+
+  LOG (("ipcDConnectService::OnMessageAvailable: "
+        "senderID=%d, opcode_major=%d, index=%d\n",
+        aSenderID, op->opcode_major, op->request_index));
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED)
+# if defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+
+  void *pvDataDup = RTMemDup(aData, aDataLen);
+  if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pvDataDup))
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  int rc = RTReqPoolCallVoidNoWait(mhReqPool, (PFNRT)ProcessMessageOnWorkerThread, 4,
+                                   this, aSenderID, pvDataDup, aDataLen);
+  if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+# else
+
+  nsAutoMonitor mon(mPendingMon);
+  mPendingQ.Append(new DConnectRequest(aSenderID, op, aDataLen));
+  // notify a worker
+  mon.Notify();
+  mon.Exit();
+
+  // Yield the cpu so a worker can get a chance to start working without too much fuss.
+  PR_Sleep(PR_INTERVAL_NO_WAIT);
+  mon.Enter();
+  // examine the queue
+  if (mPendingQ.Count() > mWaitingWorkers)
+  {
+    // wait a little while to let the workers empty the queue.
+    mon.Exit();
+    {
+      PRUint32 ticks = PR_MillisecondsToInterval(PR_MIN(mWorkers.Count() / 20 + 1, 10));
+      nsAutoMonitor workersMon(mWaitingWorkersMon);
+      workersMon.Wait(ticks);
+    }
+    mon.Enter();
+    // examine the queue again
+    if (mPendingQ.Count() > mWaitingWorkers)
+    {
+      // we need one more worker
+      nsresult rv = CreateWorker();
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to create one more worker thread");
+      rv = rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+# endif
+#else
+
+  OnIncomingRequest(aSenderID, op, aDataLen);
+
+#endif
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+struct PruneInstanceMapForPeerArgs
+{
+  ipcDConnectService *that;
+  PRUint32 clientID;
+  nsVoidArray &wrappers;
+};
+
+PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PLDHashOperator)
+PruneInstanceMapForPeer (const DConnectInstanceKey::Key &aKey,
+                         DConnectInstance *aData,
+                         void *userArg)
+{
+  PruneInstanceMapForPeerArgs *args = (PruneInstanceMapForPeerArgs *)userArg;
+  NS_ASSERTION(args, "PruneInstanceMapForPeerArgs is NULL");
+
+  if (args && args->clientID == aData->Peer())
+  {
+    nsrefcnt countIPC = aData->ReleaseIPC(PR_TRUE /* locked */);
+
+    LOG(("ipcDConnectService::PruneInstanceMapForPeer: "
+         "instance=%p: %d IPC refs to release\n",
+         aData, countIPC + 1));
+
+    // release all IPC instances of the "officially dead" client (see
+    // #OnRelease() to understand why it must be done under the lock). Note
+    // that due to true multithreading, late OnRelease() requests may still
+    // happen on other worker threads *after* OnClientStateChange() has been
+    // called, but it's OK because the instance will be removed from the map
+    // by the below code alreay and won't be deleted for the second time.
+    while (countIPC)
+    {
+      countIPC = aData->ReleaseIPC(PR_TRUE /* locked */);
+      aData->Release();
+    }
+
+    // collect the instance for the last release
+    // (we'll do it later outside the lock)
+    if (!args->wrappers.AppendElement(aData))
+    {
+      NS_NOTREACHED("Not enough memory");
+      // bad but what to do
+      aData->Release();
+    }
+  }
+  return PL_DHASH_NEXT;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ipcDConnectService::OnClientStateChange(PRUint32 aClientID,
+                                        PRUint32 aClientState)
+{
+  LOG(("ipcDConnectService::OnClientStateChange: aClientID=%d, aClientState=%d\n",
+       aClientID, aClientState));
+
+  if (aClientState == ipcIClientObserver::CLIENT_DOWN)
+  {
+    if (aClientID == IPC_SENDER_ANY)
+    {
+      // a special case: our IPC system is being shutdown, try to safely
+      // uninitialize everything...
+      Shutdown();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LOG(("ipcDConnectService::OnClientStateChange: "
+           "pruning all instances created for peer %d...\n", aClientID));
+
+      nsVoidArray wrappers;
+
+      {
+        nsAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+        // make sure we have removed all instances from instance maps
+        PruneInstanceMapForPeerArgs args = { this, aClientID, wrappers };
+        mInstances.EnumerateRead(PruneInstanceMapForPeer, (void *)&args);
+      }
+
+      LOG(("ipcDConnectService::OnClientStateChange: "
+           "%d lost instances\n", wrappers.Count()));
+
+      // release all pending references left after PruneInstanceMapForPeer().
+      // this may call wrapper destructors so it's important to do that
+      // outside the lock because destructors will release the real objects
+      // which may need to make asynchronous use our service
+      for (PRInt32 i = 0; i < wrappers.Count(); ++i)
+        ((DConnectInstance *) wrappers[i])->Release();
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+/**
+ * Function called by the request thread pool to process a incoming request in
+ * the context of a worker thread.
+ */
+/* static */ DECLCALLBACK(void)
+ipcDConnectService::ProcessMessageOnWorkerThread(ipcDConnectService *aThis, PRUint32 aSenderID, void *aData, PRUint32 aDataLen)
+{
+  if (!aThis->mDisconnected)
+    aThis->OnIncomingRequest(aSenderID, (const DConnectOp *)aData, aDataLen);
+  RTMemFree(aData);
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+ipcDConnectService::OnIncomingRequest(PRUint32 peer, const DConnectOp *op, PRUint32 opLen)
+{
+  switch (op->opcode_major)
+  {
+    case DCON_OP_SETUP:
+      OnSetup(peer, (const DConnectSetup *) op, opLen);
+      break;
+    case DCON_OP_RELEASE:
+      OnRelease(peer, (const DConnectRelease *) op);
+      break;
+    case DCON_OP_INVOKE:
+      OnInvoke(peer, (const DConnectInvoke *) op, opLen);
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_NOTREACHED("unknown opcode major");
+  }
+}
+
+void
+ipcDConnectService::OnSetup(PRUint32 peer, const DConnectSetup *setup, PRUint32 opLen)
+{
+  nsISupports *instance = nsnull;
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  switch (setup->opcode_minor)
+  {
+    // CreateInstance
+    case DCON_OP_SETUP_NEW_INST_CLASSID:
+    {
+      const DConnectSetupClassID *setupCI = (const DConnectSetupClassID *) setup;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIComponentManager> compMgr;
+      rv = NS_GetComponentManager(getter_AddRefs(compMgr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = compMgr->CreateInstance(setupCI->classid, nsnull, setupCI->iid, (void **) &instance);
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // CreateInstanceByContractID
+    case DCON_OP_SETUP_NEW_INST_CONTRACTID:
+    {
+      const DConnectSetupContractID *setupCI = (const DConnectSetupContractID *) setup;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIComponentManager> compMgr;
+      rv = NS_GetComponentManager(getter_AddRefs(compMgr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = compMgr->CreateInstanceByContractID(setupCI->contractid, nsnull, setupCI->iid, (void **) &instance);
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // GetService
+    case DCON_OP_SETUP_GET_SERV_CLASSID:
+    {
+      const DConnectSetupClassID *setupCI = (const DConnectSetupClassID *) setup;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIServiceManager> svcMgr;
+      rv = NS_GetServiceManager(getter_AddRefs(svcMgr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = svcMgr->GetService(setupCI->classid, setupCI->iid, (void **) &instance);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // GetServiceByContractID
+    case DCON_OP_SETUP_GET_SERV_CONTRACTID:
+    {
+      const DConnectSetupContractID *setupCI = (const DConnectSetupContractID *) setup;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIServiceManager> svcMgr;
+      rv = NS_GetServiceManager(getter_AddRefs(svcMgr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = svcMgr->GetServiceByContractID(setupCI->contractid, setupCI->iid, (void **) &instance);
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // QueryInterface
+    case DCON_OP_SETUP_QUERY_INTERFACE:
+    {
+      const DConnectSetupQueryInterface *setupQI = (const DConnectSetupQueryInterface *) setup;
+      DConnectInstance *QIinstance = (DConnectInstance *)setupQI->instance;
+
+      // make sure we've been sent a valid wrapper
+      if (!CheckInstanceAndAddRef(QIinstance, peer))
+      {
+        NS_NOTREACHED("instance wrapper not found");
+        rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        rv = QIinstance->RealInstance()->QueryInterface(setupQI->iid, (void **) &instance);
+        QIinstance->Release();
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected minor opcode");
+      rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  nsVoidArray wrappers;
+
+  // now, create instance wrapper, and store it in our instances set.
+  // this allows us to keep track of object references held on behalf of a
+  // particular peer.  we can use this information to cleanup after a peer
+  // that disconnects without sending RELEASE messages for its objects.
+  DConnectInstance *wrapper = nsnull;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> iinfo;
+    rv = GetInterfaceInfo(setup->iid, getter_AddRefs(iinfo));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+      // first try to find an existing wrapper for the given object
+      if (!FindInstanceAndAddRef(peer, instance, &setup->iid, &wrapper))
+      {
+        wrapper = new DConnectInstance(peer, iinfo, instance);
+        if (!wrapper)
+          rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        else
+        {
+          rv = StoreInstance(wrapper);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          {
+            delete wrapper;
+            wrapper = nsnull;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // reference the newly created wrapper
+            wrapper->AddRef();
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (wrapper)
+      {
+        // increase the second, IPC-only, reference counter (mandatory before
+        // trying wrappers.AppendElement() to make sure ReleaseIPC() will remove
+        // the wrapper from the instance map on failure)
+        wrapper->AddRefIPC();
+
+        if (!wrappers.AppendElement(wrapper))
+        {
+          wrapper->ReleaseIPC();
+          wrapper->Release();
+          rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // wrapper remains referenced when passing it to the client
+      // (will be released upon DCON_OP_RELEASE)
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(instance);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIException> exception;
+  PRBool got_exception = PR_FALSE;
+
+  if (rv != NS_OK)
+  {
+    // try to fetch an nsIException possibly set by one of the setup methods
+    nsresult rv2;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIExceptionService> es;
+    es = do_GetService(NS_EXCEPTIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv2);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIExceptionManager> em;
+      rv2 = es->GetCurrentExceptionManager (getter_AddRefs (em));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2))
+      {
+        rv2 = em->GetCurrentException (getter_AddRefs (exception));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2))
+        {
+          LOG(("got nsIException instance, will serialize\n"));
+          got_exception = PR_TRUE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2), "failed to get/serialize exception");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv2))
+      rv = rv2;
+  }
+
+  ipcMessageWriter writer(64);
+
+  DConnectSetupReply msg;
+  msg.opcode_major = DCON_OP_SETUP_REPLY;
+  msg.opcode_minor = 0;
+  msg.flags = 0;
+  msg.request_index = setup->request_index;
+  msg.instance = (DConAddr)(uintptr_t)wrapper;
+  msg.status = rv;
+
+  if (got_exception)
+    msg.flags |= DCON_OP_FLAGS_REPLY_EXCEPTION;
+
+  writer.PutBytes(&msg, sizeof(msg));
+
+  if (got_exception)
+  {
+    rv = SerializeException(writer, peer, exception, wrappers);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to get/serialize exception");
+  }
+
+  // fire off SETUP_REPLY, don't wait for a response
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = IPC_SendMessage(peer, kDConnectTargetID,
+                         (const PRUint8 *) &msg, sizeof(msg));
+  else
+    rv = IPC_SendMessage(peer, kDConnectTargetID,
+                         writer.GetBuffer(), writer.GetSize());
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    LOG(("unable to send SETUP_REPLY: rv=%x\n", rv));
+    ReleaseWrappers(wrappers, peer);
+  }
+}
+
+void
+ipcDConnectService::OnRelease(PRUint32 peer, const DConnectRelease *release)
+{
+  LOG(("ipcDConnectService::OnRelease [peer=%u instance=0x%Lx]\n",
+       peer, release->instance));
+
+  DConnectInstance *wrapper = (DConnectInstance *)release->instance;
+
+  nsAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+  // make sure we've been sent a valid wrapper from the same peer we created
+  // this wrapper for
+  if (mInstanceSet.Contains(wrapper) && wrapper->Peer() == peer)
+  {
+    // release the IPC reference from under the lock to ensure atomicity of
+    // the "check + possible delete" sequence ("delete" is remove this wrapper
+    // from the instance map when the IPC reference counter drops to zero)
+    wrapper->ReleaseIPC(PR_TRUE /* locked */);
+    // leave the lock before Release() because it may call the destructor
+    // which will release the real object which may need to make asynchronous
+    // use our service
+    lock.unlock();
+    wrapper->Release();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // it is possible that the client disconnection event handler has released
+    // all client instances before the DCON_OP_RELEASE message sent by the
+    // client gets processed here (because of true multithreading). Just log
+    // a debug warning
+    LOG(("ipcDConnectService::OnRelease: WARNING: "
+         "instance wrapper %p for peer %d not found", wrapper, peer));
+  }
+}
+
+void
+ipcDConnectService::OnInvoke(PRUint32 peer, const DConnectInvoke *invoke, PRUint32 opLen)
+{
+  LOG(("ipcDConnectService::OnInvoke [peer=%u instance=0x%Lx method=%u]\n",
+      peer, invoke->instance, invoke->method_index));
+
+  DConnectInstance *wrapper = (DConnectInstance *)invoke->instance;
+
+  ipcMessageReader reader((const PRUint8 *) (invoke + 1), opLen - sizeof(*invoke));
+
+  const nsXPTMethodInfo *methodInfo;
+  nsXPTCVariant *params = nsnull;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfo> iinfo = nsnull;
+  PRUint8 i, paramCount = 0, paramUsed = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIException> exception;
+  PRBool got_exception = PR_FALSE;
+
+  // make sure we've been sent a valid wrapper
+  if (!CheckInstanceAndAddRef(wrapper, peer))
+  {
+    NS_NOTREACHED("instance wrapper not found");
+    wrapper = nsnull;
+    rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+    goto end;
+  }
+
+  iinfo = wrapper->InterfaceInfo();
+
+  rv = iinfo->GetMethodInfo(invoke->method_index, &methodInfo);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    goto end;
+
+  paramCount = methodInfo->GetParamCount();
+
+  LOG(("  iface=%p\n", wrapper->RealInstance()));
+  LOG(("  name=%s\n", methodInfo->GetName()));
+  LOG(("  param-count=%u\n", (PRUint32) paramCount));
+  LOG(("  request-index=%d\n", (PRUint32) invoke->request_index));
+
+  params = new nsXPTCVariant[paramCount];
+  if (!params)
+  {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    goto end;
+  }
+
+  // setup |params| for xptcall
+
+  for (i=0; i<paramCount; ++i, ++paramUsed)
+  {
+    const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo = methodInfo->GetParam(i);
+
+    // XXX are inout params an issue?
+    // yes, we will need to do v.ptr = &v.val for them (DeserializeParam doesn't
+    // currently do that) to let the callee correctly pick it up and change.
+
+    if (paramInfo.IsIn() && !paramInfo.IsDipper())
+      rv = DeserializeParam(reader, paramInfo.GetType(), params[i]);
+    else
+      rv = SetupParam(paramInfo, params[i]);
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      goto end;
+  }
+
+  // fixup any interface pointers.  we do this with a second pass so that
+  // we can properly handle INTERFACE_IS. This pass is also used to deserialize
+  // arrays (array data goes after all other params).
+  for (i=0; i<paramCount; ++i)
+  {
+    const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo = methodInfo->GetParam(i);
+    if (paramInfo.IsIn())
+    {
+      const nsXPTType &type = paramInfo.GetType();
+      if (type.IsInterfacePointer())
+      {
+        // grab the DConAddr value temporarily stored in the param
+#ifdef VBOX
+        PtrBits bits = params[i].val.u64;
+#else
+        PtrBits bits = (PtrBits)(uintptr_t) params[i].val.p;
+#endif
+
+        // DeserializeInterfaceParamBits needs IID only if it's a remote object
+        nsID iid;
+        if (bits & PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT)
+        {
+          rv = GetIIDForMethodParam(iinfo, methodInfo, paramInfo, type,
+                                    invoke->method_index, params, PR_TRUE, iid);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            goto end;
+        }
+
+        nsISupports *obj = nsnull;
+        rv = DeserializeInterfaceParamBits(bits, peer, iid, obj);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          goto end;
+
+        params[i].val.p = obj;
+        // mark as interface to let FinishParam() release this param
+        params[i].SetValIsInterface();
+      }
+      else if (type.IsArray())
+      {
+        void *array = nsnull;
+        rv = DeserializeArrayParam(this, reader, peer, iinfo,
+                                   invoke->method_index, *methodInfo, params,
+                                   PR_TRUE, paramInfo, PR_FALSE, array);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          goto end;
+
+        params[i].val.p = array;
+        // mark to let FinishParam() free this param
+        params[i].SetValIsAllocated();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = XPTC_InvokeByIndex(wrapper->RealInstance(),
+                          invoke->method_index,
+                          paramCount,
+                          params);
+
+  if (rv != NS_OK)
+  {
+    // try to fetch an nsIException possibly set by the method
+    nsresult rv2;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIExceptionService> es;
+    es = do_GetService(NS_EXCEPTIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv2);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIExceptionManager> em;
+      rv2 = es->GetCurrentExceptionManager (getter_AddRefs (em));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2))
+      {
+        rv2 = em->GetCurrentException (getter_AddRefs (exception));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2))
+        {
+          LOG(("got nsIException instance, will serialize\n"));
+          got_exception = PR_TRUE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2), "failed to get/serialize exception");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv2))
+      rv = rv2;
+  }
+
+end:
+  LOG(("sending INVOKE_REPLY: rv=%x\n", rv));
+
+  // balance CheckInstanceAndAddRef()
+  if (wrapper)
+    wrapper->Release();
+
+  ipcMessageWriter writer(64);
+
+  DConnectInvokeReply reply;
+  reply.opcode_major = DCON_OP_INVOKE_REPLY;
+  reply.opcode_minor = 0;
+  reply.flags = 0;
+  reply.request_index = invoke->request_index;
+  reply.result = rv;
+
+  if (got_exception)
+    reply.flags |= DCON_OP_FLAGS_REPLY_EXCEPTION;
+
+  writer.PutBytes(&reply, sizeof(reply));
+
+  nsVoidArray wrappers;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && params)
+  {
+    // serialize out-params and retvals
+    for (i=0; i<paramCount; ++i)
+    {
+      const nsXPTParamInfo paramInfo = methodInfo->GetParam(i);
+
+      if (paramInfo.IsRetval() || paramInfo.IsOut())
+      {
+        const nsXPTType &type = paramInfo.GetType();
+
+        if (type.IsInterfacePointer())
+        {
+          nsID iid;
+          rv = GetIIDForMethodParam(iinfo, methodInfo, paramInfo, type,
+                                    invoke->method_index, params, PR_TRUE, iid);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            rv = SerializeInterfaceParam(writer, peer, iid,
+                                         (nsISupports *) params[i].val.p, wrappers);
+        }
+        else
+          rv = SerializeParam(writer, type, params[i]);
+
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          reply.result = rv;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // serialize output array parameters after everything else since the
+      // deserialization procedure will need to get a size_is value which may be
+      // stored in any preceeding or following param
+      for (i=0; i<paramCount; ++i)
+      {
+        const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo = methodInfo->GetParam(i);
+
+        if (paramInfo.GetType().IsArray() &&
+            (paramInfo.IsRetval() || paramInfo.IsOut()))
+        {
+          rv = SerializeArrayParam(this, writer, peer, iinfo, invoke->method_index,
+                                   *methodInfo, params, PR_TRUE, paramInfo,
+                                   params[i].val.p, wrappers);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          {
+            reply.result = rv;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (got_exception)
+  {
+    rv = SerializeException(writer, peer, exception, wrappers);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to get/serialize exception");
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = IPC_SendMessage(peer, kDConnectTargetID, (const PRUint8 *) &reply, sizeof(reply));
+  else
+    rv = IPC_SendMessage(peer, kDConnectTargetID, writer.GetBuffer(), writer.GetSize());
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    LOG(("unable to send INVOKE_REPLY: rv=%x\n", rv));
+    ReleaseWrappers(wrappers, peer);
+  }
+
+  if (params)
+  {
+    // free individual elements of arrays (note: before freeing arrays
+    // themselves in FinishParam())
+    for (i=0; i<paramUsed; ++i)
+    {
+      const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo = methodInfo->GetParam(i);
+      if (paramInfo.GetType().IsArray())
+        FinishArrayParam(iinfo, invoke->method_index, *methodInfo,
+                         params, PR_TRUE, paramInfo, params[i]);
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<paramUsed; ++i)
+      FinishParam(params[i]);
+    delete[] params;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/ipcDConnectService.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/ipcDConnectService.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..517b2650
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/src/ipcDConnectService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et cindent: */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2004
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
+ *   Dmitry A. Kuminov <dmik@innotek.de>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+// DConnect service is multithreaded by default...
+#if !defined(DCONNECT_SINGLETHREADED) && !defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED)
+#define DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED
+# ifdef VBOX
+//#  define DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ipcIDConnectService.h"
+#include "ipcdclient.h"
+
+#include "nsIInterfaceInfo.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceInfoManager.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsHashKeys.h"
+#include "nsHashSets.h"
+#include "nsVoidArray.h"
+#include "nsAutoLock.h"
+#include "xptcall.h"
+#include "xptinfo.h"
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED)
+# if defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+
+#  include <iprt/req.h>
+
+# else /* !DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL*/
+
+#include "ipcList.h"
+
+struct DConnectOp;
+
+struct DConnectRequest : public ipcListNode<DConnectRequest>
+{
+  DConnectRequest (PRUint32 aPeer, const DConnectOp *aOp, PRUint32 aOpLen)
+    : peer(aPeer)
+    , opLen(aOpLen)
+  {
+    op = (const DConnectOp *) malloc(aOpLen);
+    memcpy ((void *) op, aOp, aOpLen);
+  }
+  ~DConnectRequest() { free((void *) op); }
+
+  const PRUint32 peer;
+  const DConnectOp *op;
+  const PRUint32 opLen;
+};
+
+# endif // !DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL
+#endif // DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED
+
+class nsIException;
+class ipcMessageReader;
+class ipcMessageWriter;
+
+// a key class used to identify DConnectInstance objects stored in a hash table
+// by a composite of peer ID, XPCOM object pointer and IID this pointer represents
+
+class DConnectInstanceKey : public PLDHashEntryHdr
+{
+public:
+  struct Key
+  {
+    Key(PRUint32 aPeer, const nsISupports *aObj, const nsID *aIID)
+      : mPeer (aPeer), mObj (aObj), mIID (aIID) {}
+    const PRUint32 mPeer;
+    const nsISupports *mObj;
+    const nsIID *mIID;
+  };
+
+  typedef const Key &KeyType;
+  typedef const Key *KeyTypePointer;
+
+  DConnectInstanceKey(const Key *aKey) : mKey (*aKey) {}
+  DConnectInstanceKey(const DConnectInstanceKey &toCopy) : mKey (toCopy.mKey) {}
+  ~DConnectInstanceKey() {}
+
+  KeyType GetKey() const { return mKey; }
+  KeyTypePointer GetKeyPointer() const { return &mKey; }
+
+  PRBool KeyEquals(KeyTypePointer aKey) const {
+    return mKey.mPeer == aKey->mPeer &&
+           mKey.mObj == aKey->mObj &&
+           mKey.mIID->Equals(*aKey->mIID);
+  }
+
+  static KeyTypePointer KeyToPointer(KeyType aKey) { return &aKey; }
+  static PLDHashNumber HashKey(KeyTypePointer aKey) {
+    return aKey->mPeer ^
+           (NS_PTR_TO_INT32(aKey->mObj) >> 2) ^
+           nsIDHashKey::HashKey(aKey->mIID);
+  }
+  enum { ALLOW_MEMMOVE = PR_TRUE };
+
+private:
+  const Key mKey;
+};
+
+class DConnectInstance;
+typedef nsDataHashtable<DConnectInstanceKey, DConnectInstance *> DConnectInstanceMap;
+
+// extend nsVoidHashSet for compatibility with some nsTHashtable methods
+class DConnectInstanceSet : public nsVoidHashSet
+{
+public:
+  PRBool Init(PRUint32 initSize = PL_DHASH_MIN_SIZE) {
+    return nsVoidHashSet::Init(initSize) == NS_OK;
+  }
+  void Clear() {
+    PL_DHashTableEnumerate(&mHashTable, PL_DHashStubEnumRemove, nsnull);
+  }
+};
+
+typedef PRUint64 DConAddr;
+
+// a key class used to identify DConnectStub objects stored in a hash table
+// by a composite of peer ID and DConAddr
+
+class DConnectStubKey : public PLDHashEntryHdr
+{
+public:
+  struct Key
+  {
+    Key(PRUint32 aPeer, const DConAddr aInstance)
+      : mPeer (aPeer), mInstance (aInstance) {}
+    const PRUint32 mPeer;
+    const DConAddr mInstance;
+  };
+
+  typedef const Key &KeyType;
+  typedef const Key *KeyTypePointer;
+
+  DConnectStubKey(const Key *aKey) : mKey (*aKey) {}
+  DConnectStubKey(const DConnectStubKey &toCopy) : mKey (toCopy.mKey) {}
+  ~DConnectStubKey() {}
+
+  KeyType GetKey() const { return mKey; }
+  KeyTypePointer GetKeyPointer() const { return &mKey; }
+
+  PRBool KeyEquals(KeyTypePointer aKey) const {
+    return mKey.mPeer == aKey->mPeer &&
+           mKey.mInstance == aKey->mInstance;
+  }
+
+  static KeyTypePointer KeyToPointer(KeyType aKey) { return &aKey; }
+  static PLDHashNumber HashKey(KeyTypePointer aKey) {
+    return aKey->mPeer ^
+           (NS_PTR_TO_INT32(aKey->mInstance) >> 2);
+  }
+  enum { ALLOW_MEMMOVE = PR_TRUE };
+
+private:
+  const Key mKey;
+};
+
+// used elsewhere like nsAtomTable to safely represent the integral value
+// of an address.
+typedef PRUint64 PtrBits;
+
+// bit flag that defines if a PtrBits value represents a remote object
+#define PTRBITS_REMOTE_BIT 0x1
+
+class DConnectStub;
+typedef nsDataHashtable<DConnectStubKey, DConnectStub *> DConnectStubMap;
+
+class ipcDConnectService : public ipcIDConnectService
+                         , public ipcIMessageObserver
+                         , public ipcIClientObserver
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_IPCIDCONNECTSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_IPCIMESSAGEOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_IPCICLIENTOBSERVER
+
+  ipcDConnectService();
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) Init();
+  NS_HIDDEN_(void) Shutdown();
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) GetInterfaceInfo(const nsID &iid, nsIInterfaceInfo **);
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) GetIIDForMethodParam(nsIInterfaceInfo *iinfo,
+                                            const nsXPTMethodInfo *methodInfo,
+                                            const nsXPTParamInfo &paramInfo,
+                                            const nsXPTType &type,
+                                            PRUint16 methodIndex,
+                                            nsXPTCMiniVariant *dispatchParams,
+                                            PRBool isXPTCVariantArray,
+                                            nsID &result);
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) SerializeInterfaceParam(ipcMessageWriter &writer,
+                                               PRUint32 peer, const nsID &iid,
+                                               nsISupports *obj,
+                                               nsVoidArray &wrappers);
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) DeserializeInterfaceParamBits(PtrBits bits, PRUint32 peer,
+                                                     const nsID &iid,
+                                                     nsISupports *&obj);
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) SerializeException(ipcMessageWriter &writer,
+                                          PRUint32 peer, nsIException *xcpt,
+                                          nsVoidArray &wrappers);
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) DeserializeException(ipcMessageReader &reader,
+                                            PRUint32 peer, nsIException **xcpt);
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(void)     ReleaseWrappers(nsVoidArray &wrappers,  PRUint32 peer);
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) CreateStub(const nsID &, PRUint32, DConAddr, DConnectStub **);
+#if 0
+  NS_HIDDEN_(PRBool)   FindStubAndAddRef(PRUint32, const DConAddr, DConnectStub **);
+#endif
+  // public only for DConnectStub::~DConnectStub()
+  NS_HIDDEN_(void)     DeleteStub(DConnectStub *);
+
+  // public only for DConnectInstance::Release()
+  NS_HIDDEN_(void)     DeleteInstance(DConnectInstance *, PRBool locked = PR_FALSE);
+  // public only for DConnectStub::CallMethod()
+  NS_HIDDEN_(PRBool)   CheckInstanceAndAddRef(DConnectInstance *, PRUint32);
+
+  PRLock *StubLock() { return mStubLock; }
+  PRLock *StubQILock() { return mStubQILock; }
+
+  static nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> GetInstance() {
+    return nsRefPtr <ipcDConnectService> (mInstance);
+  }
+
+private:
+
+  NS_HIDDEN ~ipcDConnectService();
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) StoreInstance(DConnectInstance *);
+  NS_HIDDEN_(PRBool)   FindInstanceAndAddRef(PRUint32,
+                                             const nsISupports *,
+                                             const nsIID *,
+                                             DConnectInstance **);
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) StoreStub(DConnectStub *);
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(void) OnIncomingRequest(PRUint32 peer, const struct DConnectOp *op, PRUint32 opLen);
+
+  NS_HIDDEN_(void) OnSetup(PRUint32 peer, const struct DConnectSetup *, PRUint32 opLen);
+  NS_HIDDEN_(void) OnRelease(PRUint32 peer, const struct DConnectRelease *);
+  NS_HIDDEN_(void) OnInvoke(PRUint32 peer, const struct DConnectInvoke *, PRUint32 opLen);
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED)
+# if defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+  static DECLCALLBACK(void) ProcessMessageOnWorkerThread(ipcDConnectService *aThis, PRUint32 aSenderID, void *aData, PRUint32 aDataLen);
+# else
+  NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) CreateWorker();
+# endif
+#endif
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceInfoManager> mIIM;
+
+  // lock to protect access to instance sets and the disconnected flag
+  PRLock *mLock;
+
+  // table of local object instances allocated on behalf of a peer
+  // (keys are interface pointers of real objects these instances represent)
+  DConnectInstanceMap mInstances;
+  // hashset containing the same instances as above
+  // (used for quick parameter validity checks)
+  DConnectInstanceSet mInstanceSet;
+
+  // lock to protect access to mStubs and DConnectStub::mRefCntLevels
+  // (also guards every DConnectStub::Release call to provide atomicity)
+  PRLock *mStubLock;
+
+  // table of remote object stubs allocated to communicate with peer's instances
+  DConnectStubMap mStubs;
+
+  // this is true after IPC_Shutdown() has been called
+  PRBool mDisconnected;
+
+// member is never initialized or used, no point in wasting memory or making
+// someone believe it contains anything relevant
+#ifndef VBOX
+  // our IPC client ID
+  PRUint32 mSelfID;
+#endif
+
+  // global lock to protect access to protect DConnectStub::QueryInterface()
+  // (we cannot use mStubLock because it isn't supposed to be held long,
+  // like in case of an IPC call and such)
+  PRLock *mStubQILock;
+
+#if defined(DCONNECT_MULTITHREADED)
+# if defined(DCONNECT_WITH_IPRT_REQ_POOL)
+
+  /** Request pool. */
+  RTREQPOOL mhReqPool;
+
+# else
+
+  friend class DConnectWorker;
+
+  // pool of worker threads to serve incoming requests
+  nsVoidArray mWorkers;
+  // queue of pending requests
+  ipcList<DConnectRequest> mPendingQ;
+  // monitor to protect mPendingQ
+  PRMonitor *mPendingMon;
+  // number of waiting workers
+  PRUint32 mWaitingWorkers;
+  // monitor used to wait on changes in mWaitingWorkers.
+  PRMonitor *mWaitingWorkersMon;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  // global ipcDConnectService instance for internal usage
+  static ipcDConnectService *mInstance;
+};
+
+#define IPC_DCONNECTSERVICE_CLASSNAME \
+  "ipcDConnectService"
+#define IPC_DCONNECTSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/ipc/dconnect-service;1"
+#define IPC_DCONNECTSERVICE_CID                    \
+{ /* 63a5d9dc-4828-425a-bd50-bd10a4b26f2c */       \
+  0x63a5d9dc,                                      \
+  0x4828,                                          \
+  0x425a,                                          \
+  {0xbd, 0x50, 0xbd, 0x10, 0xa4, 0xb2, 0x6f, 0x2c} \
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2d511de2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# vim:set ts=8 sw=8 noet:
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE = dconnect
+
+REQUIRES	= ipcd \
+		  nspr \
+		  string \
+		  xpcom \
+		  $(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS = \
+  TestDConnect.cpp \
+  $(NULL)
+
+SIMPLE_PROGRAMS	= $(CPPSRCS:.cpp=$(BIN_SUFFIX))
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
+
+LIBS = \
+  $(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
+  $(XPCOM_LIBS) \
+  $(NSPR_LIBS) \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/TestClient.js b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/TestClient.js
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8403fcdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/TestClient.js
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et cindent: */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2004
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/**
+ * This file contains code that mirrors the code in TestDConnect.cpp:DoTest
+ */
+
+const ipcIService          = Components.interfaces.ipcIService;
+const ipcIDConnectService  = Components.interfaces.ipcIDConnectService;
+const nsIFile              = Components.interfaces.nsIFile;
+const nsILocalFile         = Components.interfaces.nsILocalFile;
+const nsIEventQueueService = Components.interfaces.nsIEventQueueService;
+
+// XXX use directory service for this
+const TEST_PATH = "/tmp";
+
+var serverID = 0;
+
+function findServer()
+{
+  var ipc = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/ipc/service;1"].getService(ipcIService); 
+  serverID = ipc.resolveClientName("test-server");
+}
+
+function doTest()
+{
+  var dcon = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/ipc/dconnect-service;1"]
+                       .getService(ipcIDConnectService); 
+
+  var file = dcon.createInstanceByContractID(serverID, "@mozilla.org/file/local;1", nsIFile);
+
+  var localFile = file.QueryInterface(nsILocalFile);
+
+  localFile.initWithPath(TEST_PATH);
+
+  if (file.path != TEST_PATH)
+  {
+    dump("*** path test failed [path=" + file.path + "]\n");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  dump("file exists: " + file.exists() + "\n");
+
+  var clone = file.clone();
+
+  const node = "hello.txt";
+  clone.append(node);
+  dump("files are equal: " + file.equals(clone) + "\n");
+
+  if (!clone.exists())
+    clone.create(nsIFile.NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+
+  clone.moveTo(null, "helloworld.txt");
+
+  var localObj = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/file/local;1"].createInstance(nsILocalFile);
+  localObj.initWithPath(TEST_PATH);
+  dump("file.equals(localObj) = " + file.equals(localObj) + "\n");
+  dump("localObj.equals(file) = " + localObj.equals(file) + "\n");
+}
+
+function setupEventQ()
+{
+  var eqs = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/event-queue-service;1"]
+                      .getService(nsIEventQueueService);  
+  eqs.createMonitoredThreadEventQueue();
+}
+
+setupEventQ();
+findServer();
+dump("\n---------------------------------------------------\n");
+doTest();
+dump("---------------------------------------------------\n\n");
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/TestDConnect.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/TestDConnect.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8eabe13c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/TestDConnect.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et cindent: */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2004
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "ipcIService.h"
+#include "ipcIDConnectService.h"
+#include "ipcCID.h"
+
+#include "nsIEventQueueService.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIComponentRegistrar.h"
+
+#include "nsXPCOMCID.h"
+#include "nsILocalFile.h"
+
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+
+#if defined( XP_WIN ) || defined( XP_OS2 )
+#define TEST_PATH "c:"
+#else
+#define TEST_PATH "/tmp"
+#endif
+
+#define RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, step) \
+    PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) { \
+        printf("*** %s failed: rv=%x\n", step, rv); \
+        return rv;\
+    } \
+    PR_END_MACRO
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kEventQueueServiceCID, NS_EVENTQUEUESERVICE_CID);
+static nsIEventQueue* gEventQ = nsnull;
+static PRBool gKeepRunning = PR_TRUE;
+
+static ipcIService *gIpcServ = nsnull;
+
+static nsresult DoTest()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<ipcIDConnectService> dcon = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/ipc/dconnect-service;1", &rv);
+  RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "getting dconnect service");
+
+  PRUint32 remoteClientID = 1;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  rv = dcon->CreateInstanceByContractID(remoteClientID,
+                                        NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID,
+                                        NS_GET_IID(nsIFile),
+                                        getter_AddRefs(file)); 
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> sup = do_QueryInterface(file, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  printf("*** calling QueryInterface\n");
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILocalFile> localFile = do_QueryInterface(file, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoString path;
+  path.AssignLiteral(TEST_PATH);
+
+  printf("*** calling InitWithNativePath\n");
+  rv = localFile->InitWithPath(path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoString buf;
+  rv = file->GetPath(buf);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!buf.Equals(path))
+  {
+    NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 temp(buf);
+    printf("*** GetPath erroneously returned [%s]\n", temp.get());
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  PRBool exists;
+  rv = file->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    printf("*** Exists test failed [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  printf("File exists? [%d]\n", exists);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> clone;
+  rv = file->Clone(getter_AddRefs(clone));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    printf("*** Clone test failed [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString node;
+  node.AssignLiteral("hello.txt");
+
+  rv = clone->Append(node);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    printf("*** Append test failed [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  PRBool match;
+  rv = file->Equals(clone, &match);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    printf("*** Equals test failed [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  printf("Files are equals? [%d]\n", match);
+
+  // now test passing null for interface pointer
+
+  rv = clone->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    printf("*** Exists test failed [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  if (!exists)
+  {
+    rv = clone->Create(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      printf("*** Create test failed [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = clone->MoveTo(nsnull, NS_LITERAL_STRING("helloworld.txt"));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    printf("*** MoveTo test failed [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // now test passing local objects to a remote object
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILocalFile> myLocalFile;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFile(path, PR_TRUE, getter_AddRefs(myLocalFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    printf("*** NS_NewLocalFile failed [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  rv = file->Equals(myLocalFile, &match);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    printf("*** second Equals test failed [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  printf("Files are equals? [%d]\n", match);
+
+  printf("*** DoTest completed successfully :-)\n");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  PRBool serverMode = PR_FALSE;
+  if (argc > 1)
+  {
+    if (strcmp(argv[1], "-server") == 0)
+    {
+      serverMode = PR_TRUE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      printf("usage: %s [-server]\n", argv[0]);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIServiceManager> servMan;
+    NS_InitXPCOM2(getter_AddRefs(servMan), nsnull, nsnull);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIComponentRegistrar> registrar = do_QueryInterface(servMan);
+    NS_ASSERTION(registrar, "Null nsIComponentRegistrar");
+    if (registrar)
+        registrar->AutoRegister(nsnull);
+
+    // Create the Event Queue for this thread...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIEventQueueService> eqs =
+             do_GetService(kEventQueueServiceCID, &rv);
+    RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "do_GetService(EventQueueService)");
+
+    rv = eqs->CreateMonitoredThreadEventQueue();
+    RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "CreateMonitoredThreadEventQueue");
+
+    rv = eqs->GetThreadEventQueue(NS_CURRENT_THREAD, &gEventQ);
+    RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "GetThreadEventQueue");
+
+    nsCOMPtr<ipcIService> ipcServ(do_GetService(IPC_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "do_GetService(ipcServ)");
+    NS_ADDREF(gIpcServ = ipcServ);
+
+    if (!serverMode)
+    {
+      rv = DoTest();
+      RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "DoTest()");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      gIpcServ->AddName("DConnectServer");
+    }
+
+    PLEvent *ev;
+    while (gKeepRunning)
+    {
+      gEventQ->WaitForEvent(&ev);
+      gEventQ->HandleEvent(ev);
+    }
+
+    NS_RELEASE(gIpcServ);
+
+    printf("*** processing remaining events\n");
+
+    // process any remaining events
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(gEventQ->GetEvent(&ev)) && ev)
+        gEventQ->HandleEvent(ev);
+
+    printf("*** done\n");
+  } // this scopes the nsCOMPtrs
+
+  // no nsCOMPtrs are allowed to be alive when you call NS_ShutdownXPCOM
+  rv = NS_ShutdownXPCOM(nsnull);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "NS_ShutdownXPCOM failed");
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/TestServer.js b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/TestServer.js
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a72e133b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/dconnect/test/TestServer.js
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et cindent: */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2004
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/**
+ * This file contains code for a "server" that does nothing more
+ * than set a name for itself on the IPC system so that the client
+ * can connect and control this process.
+ */
+
+const ipcIService          = Components.interfaces.ipcIService;
+const nsIEventQueueService = Components.interfaces.nsIEventQueueService;
+const nsIEventQueue        = Components.interfaces.nsIEventQueue;
+
+function registerServer()
+{
+  var ipc = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/ipc/service;1"].getService(ipcIService); 
+  ipc.addName("test-server");
+}
+
+function runEventQ()
+{
+  var eqs = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/event-queue-service;1"]
+                      .getService(nsIEventQueueService);  
+  eqs.createMonitoredThreadEventQueue();
+  var queue = eqs.getSpecialEventQueue(eqs.CURRENT_THREAD_EVENT_QUEUE);
+
+  // this never returns
+  queue.eventLoop(); 
+}
+
+registerServer();
+runEventQ();
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3c7a7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b94a31f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+DIRS        = public src
+
+ifdef ENABLE_TESTS
+DIRS += test
+endif
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3c7a7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a08abdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE		= ipcd
+XPIDL_MODULE = ipcd_lock
+
+EXPORTS		= \
+			ipcLockCID.h \
+			$(NULL)
+
+XPIDLSRCS	= \
+			ipcILockService.idl \
+			$(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/ipcILockService.idl b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/ipcILockService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1cbf8651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/ipcILockService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * This service provides named interprocess locking.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(9f6dbe15-d851-4b00-912a-5ac0be88a409)]
+interface ipcILockService : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * Call this method to acquire a named interprocess lock.
+     *
+     * @param aLockName
+     *        specifies the name of the lock
+     * @param aWaitIfBusy
+     *        wait for the lock to become available; otherwise, fail if lock
+     *        is already held by some other process.
+     */
+    void acquireLock(in string aLockName,
+                     in boolean aWaitIfBusy);
+
+    /**
+     * Call this method to release a named lock.
+     *
+     * @param aLockName
+     *        specifies the name of the lock
+     */
+    void releaseLock(in string aLockName);
+};
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/ipcLockCID.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/ipcLockCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba756d9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/public/ipcLockCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef ipcLockCID_h__
+#define ipcLockCID_h__
+
+#define IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CLASSNAME \
+    "ipcLockService"
+#define IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+    "@mozilla.org/ipc/lock-service;1"
+#define IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CID                          \
+{ /* d9e56bf8-e32e-4b6d-87f1-06d73b0ce7ca */         \
+    0xd9e56bf8,                                      \
+    0xe32e,                                          \
+    0x4b6d,                                          \
+    {0x87, 0xf1, 0x06, 0xd7, 0x3b, 0x0c, 0xe7, 0xca} \
+}
+
+#endif // !ipcLockCID_h__
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3c7a7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26d943a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+DIRS		= module
+
+MODULE				= ipcd
+LIBRARY_NAME		= ipcdlock_s
+FORCE_STATIC_LIB	= 1
+MODULE_NAME			= ipcd
+
+FORCE_USE_PIC	= 1
+
+REQUIRES	= \
+			xpcom \
+			string \
+			$(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS		= \
+			ipcLockProtocol.cpp \
+			ipcLockService.cpp \
+			$(NULL)
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
+			-I$(srcdir)/../../../shared/src \
+			$(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockProtocol.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockProtocol.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a7e7755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockProtocol.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "ipcLockProtocol.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static inline PRUint8 get_opcode(const PRUint8 *buf)
+{
+    return (buf[0] & 0x0f);
+}
+
+static inline PRUint8 get_flags(const PRUint8 *buf)
+{
+    return (buf[0] & 0xf0) >> 4;
+}
+
+static inline const char *get_key(const PRUint8 *buf)
+{
+    return ((const char *) buf) + 1;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PRUint8 *
+IPC_FlattenLockMsg(const ipcLockMsg *msg, PRUint32 *bufLen)
+{
+    PRUint32 len = 1                 // header byte
+                 + strlen(msg->key)  // key
+                 + 1;                // null terminator
+
+    PRUint8 *buf = (PRUint8 *) ::operator new(len);
+    if (!buf)
+        return NULL;
+
+    buf[0] = (msg->opcode | (msg->flags << 4));
+
+    memcpy(&buf[1], msg->key, len - 1);
+    *bufLen = len;
+    return buf;
+}
+
+void
+IPC_UnflattenLockMsg(const PRUint8 *buf, PRUint32 bufLen, ipcLockMsg *msg)
+{
+    PR_ASSERT(bufLen > 2); // malformed buffer otherwise
+    msg->opcode = get_opcode(buf);
+    msg->flags = get_flags(buf);
+    msg->key = get_key(buf);
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockProtocol.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b74b5cde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef ipcLockProtocol_h__
+#define ipcLockProtocol_h__
+
+#include "prtypes.h"
+
+//
+// ipc lock message format:
+//
+//   +----------------------------------+
+//   | opcode : 4 bits                  |
+//   +----------------------------------+
+//   | flags  : 4 bits                  |
+//   +----------------------------------+
+//   | key    : null terminated string  |
+//   +----------------------------------+
+//
+
+// lock opcodes
+#define IPC_LOCK_OP_ACQUIRE          1
+#define IPC_LOCK_OP_RELEASE          2
+#define IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_ACQUIRED  3
+#define IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_FAILED    4
+#define IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_BUSY      5
+
+// lock flags
+#define IPC_LOCK_FL_NONBLOCKING 1
+
+// data structure for representing lock request message
+struct ipcLockMsg
+{
+    PRUint8      opcode;
+    PRUint8      flags;
+    const char * key;
+};
+
+//
+// flatten a lock message
+//
+// returns a malloc'd buffer containing the flattened message.  on return,
+// bufLen contains the length of the flattened message.
+//
+PRUint8 *IPC_FlattenLockMsg(const ipcLockMsg *msg, PRUint32 *bufLen);
+
+//
+// unflatten a lock message.  upon return, msg->key points into buf, so
+// buf must not be deallocated until after msg is no longer needed.
+//
+void IPC_UnflattenLockMsg(const PRUint8 *buf, PRUint32 bufLen, ipcLockMsg *msg);
+
+//
+// TargetID for message passing
+//
+#define IPC_LOCK_TARGETID \
+{ /* 703ada8a-2d38-4d5d-9d39-03d1ccceb567 */         \
+    0x703ada8a,                                      \
+    0x2d38,                                          \
+    0x4d5d,                                          \
+    {0x9d, 0x39, 0x03, 0xd1, 0xcc, 0xce, 0xb5, 0x67} \
+}
+
+#endif // !ipcLockProtocol_h__
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockService.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..771aa787
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* vim:set ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 et cindent: */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "nsDependentString.h"
+#include "nsHashKeys.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "ipcLockService.h"
+#include "ipcLockProtocol.h"
+#include "ipcLog.h"
+#include "prthread.h"
+
+static const nsID kLockTargetID = IPC_LOCK_TARGETID;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ipcPendingLock
+{
+    const char *name;
+    nsresult    status;
+    PRBool      complete;
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+nsresult
+ipcLockService::Init()
+{
+    if (PR_NewThreadPrivateIndex(&mTPIndex, nsnull) != PR_SUCCESS)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    // Configure OnMessageAvailable to be called on the IPC thread.  This is
+    // done to allow us to proxy OnAcquireLockComplete events to the right
+    // thread immediately even if the main thread is blocked waiting to acquire
+    // some other lock synchronously.
+
+    return IPC_DefineTarget(kLockTargetID, this, PR_FALSE);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2(ipcLockService, ipcILockService, ipcIMessageObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ipcLockService::AcquireLock(const char *lockName, PRBool waitIfBusy)
+{
+    LOG(("ipcLockService::AcquireLock [lock=%s wait=%u]\n", lockName, waitIfBusy));
+
+    ipcLockMsg msg;
+    msg.opcode = IPC_LOCK_OP_ACQUIRE;
+    msg.flags = (waitIfBusy ? 0 : IPC_LOCK_FL_NONBLOCKING);
+    msg.key = lockName;
+
+    PRUint32 bufLen;
+    nsAutoPtr<PRUint8> buf( IPC_FlattenLockMsg(&msg, &bufLen) );
+    if (!buf)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    ipcPendingLock pendingLock;
+    pendingLock.name = lockName;
+    pendingLock.status = 0xDEADBEEF; // something bogus
+    pendingLock.complete = PR_FALSE;
+    if (PR_SetThreadPrivate(mTPIndex, &pendingLock) != PR_SUCCESS)
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    // prevent our OnMessageAvailable from being called until we explicitly ask
+    // for it to be called via IPC_WaitMessage.
+    IPC_DISABLE_MESSAGE_OBSERVER_FOR_SCOPE(kLockTargetID);
+
+    nsresult rv = IPC_SendMessage(0, kLockTargetID, buf, bufLen);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        do {
+            // block the calling thread until we get a response from the daemon
+            rv = IPC_WaitMessage(0, kLockTargetID, this, nsnull, PR_INTERVAL_NO_TIMEOUT);
+        }
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !pendingLock.complete);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            rv = pendingLock.status;
+    }
+
+    // we could clear the TPD, but that isn't really necessary.
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ipcLockService::ReleaseLock(const char *lockName)
+{
+    LOG(("ipcLockService::ReleaseLock [lock=%s]\n", lockName));
+
+    ipcLockMsg msg;
+    msg.opcode = IPC_LOCK_OP_RELEASE;
+    msg.flags = 0;
+    msg.key = lockName;
+
+    PRUint32 bufLen;
+    PRUint8 *buf = IPC_FlattenLockMsg(&msg, &bufLen);
+    if (!buf)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    nsresult rv = IPC_SendMessage(0, kLockTargetID, buf, bufLen);
+    delete buf;
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// called on the same thread that called IPC_WaitMessage
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ipcLockService::OnMessageAvailable(PRUint32 unused, const nsID &target,
+                                   const PRUint8 *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
+{
+    ipcLockMsg msg;
+    IPC_UnflattenLockMsg(data, dataLen, &msg);
+
+    LOG(("ipcLockService::OnMessageAvailable [lock=%s opcode=%u]\n", msg.key, msg.opcode));
+
+    ipcPendingLock *pendingLock = (ipcPendingLock *) PR_GetThreadPrivate(mTPIndex);
+    if (strcmp(pendingLock->name, msg.key) == 0) {
+        pendingLock->complete = PR_TRUE;
+        if (msg.opcode == IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_ACQUIRED)
+            pendingLock->status = NS_OK;
+        else
+            pendingLock->status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    LOG(("message does not match; waiting for another...\n"));
+
+    // else, we got a message that another thread is waiting to receive.
+    return IPC_WAIT_NEXT_MESSAGE;
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockService.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockService.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6014172b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/ipcLockService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* vim:set ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 et cindent: */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef ipcLockService_h__
+#define ipcLockService_h__
+
+#include "ipcILockService.h"
+#include "ipcdclient.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ipcLockService : public ipcILockService
+                     , public ipcIMessageObserver
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_IPCILOCKSERVICE
+    NS_DECL_IPCIMESSAGEOBSERVER
+
+    NS_HIDDEN_(nsresult) Init();
+
+private:
+    PRUintn mTPIndex;
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // !ipcLockService_h__
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/module/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/module/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3c7a7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/module/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/module/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/module/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b35db1bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/module/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE			= ipcd
+LIBRARY_NAME	= lockmodule
+ifeq ($(OS_ARCH), OS2)
+SHORT_LIBNAME = lockmod
+endif
+MODULE_NAME		= ipcd
+
+FORCE_SHARED_LIB	= 1
+NO_DIST_INSTALL	= 1
+NO_INSTALL = 1
+
+ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),Darwin)
+NO_COMPONENT_LINK_MAP = 1
+MOZ_COMPONENTS_VERSION_SCRIPT_LDFLAGS =
+endif
+
+# required for #include "nsID.h"
+REQUIRES	= \
+			xpcom \
+			$(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS		= ipcLockModule.cpp
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES	= \
+			-I$(srcdir)/.. \
+			$(NULL)
+
+EXTRA_OBJS	= ../ipcLockProtocol.$(OBJ_SUFFIX)
+
+EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
+			$(LIBS_DIR) \
+			$(NSPR_LIBS) \
+			$(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
+			$(EXTRA_OBJS) \
+			$(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
+_IPC_FILES = \
+    $(DLL_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(DLL_SUFFIX) \
+    $(NULL)
+
+libs:: $(_IPC_FILES)
+	$(INSTALL) $^ $(DIST)/bin/ipc/modules
+
+install:: $(_IPC_FILES)
+	$(SYSINSTALL) $(IFLAGS1) $^ $(DESTDIR)$(mozappdir)/ipc/modules
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/module/ipcLockModule.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/module/ipcLockModule.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..151c0f89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/src/module/ipcLockModule.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "ipcModuleUtil.h"
+#include "ipcLockProtocol.h"
+#include "plhash.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#define LOG(args) printf args
+#else
+#define LOG(args)
+#endif
+
+static const nsID kLockTargetID = IPC_LOCK_TARGETID;
+
+static void
+ipcLockModule_Send(PRUint32 cid, const char *key, PRUint8 opcode)
+{
+    ipcLockMsg msg = { opcode, 0, key };
+    PRUint32 bufLen;
+    PRUint8 *buf = IPC_FlattenLockMsg(&msg, &bufLen);
+    if (!buf)
+        return;
+    IPC_SendMsg(cid, kLockTargetID, buf, bufLen);
+    free(buf);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//
+// gLockTable stores mapping from lock name to ipcLockContext
+//
+static PLHashTable *gLockTable = NULL;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ipcLockContext
+{
+    PRUint32               mOwnerID;     // client ID of this lock's owner
+    struct ipcLockContext *mNextPending; // pointer to client next in line to
+                                         // acquire this lock.
+
+    ipcLockContext(PRUint32 ownerID)
+        : mOwnerID(ownerID)
+        , mNextPending(NULL) {}
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void *)
+ipcLockModule_AllocTable(void *pool, PRSize size)
+{
+    return malloc(size);
+}
+
+PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void)
+ipcLockModule_FreeTable(void *pool, void *item)
+{
+    free(item);
+}
+
+PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PLHashEntry *)
+ipcLockModule_AllocEntry(void *pool, const void *key)
+{
+    return (PLHashEntry *) malloc(sizeof(PLHashEntry));
+}
+
+PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void)
+ipcLockModule_FreeEntry(void *pool, PLHashEntry *he, PRUintn flag)
+{
+    PL_strfree((char *) he->key);
+    free(he);
+}
+
+static const PLHashAllocOps ipcLockModule_AllocOps = {
+    ipcLockModule_AllocTable,
+    ipcLockModule_FreeTable,
+    ipcLockModule_AllocEntry,
+    ipcLockModule_FreeEntry
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void
+ipcLockModule_AcquireLock(PRUint32 cid, PRUint8 flags, const char *key)
+{
+    LOG(("$$$ acquiring lock [key=%s]\n", key));
+
+    if (!gLockTable)
+        return;
+
+    ipcLockContext *ctx;
+    
+    ctx = (ipcLockContext *) PL_HashTableLookup(gLockTable, key);
+    if (ctx) {
+        //
+        // lock is already acquired, add this client to the queue.  make
+        // sure this client doesn't already own the lock or live on the queue.
+        //
+        while (ctx->mOwnerID != cid && ctx->mNextPending)
+            ctx = ctx->mNextPending;
+        if (ctx->mOwnerID != cid) {
+            //
+            // if nonblocking, then send busy status message.  otherwise,
+            // proceed to add this client to the pending queue.
+            //
+            if (flags & IPC_LOCK_FL_NONBLOCKING)
+                ipcLockModule_Send(cid, key, IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_BUSY);
+            else
+                ctx->mNextPending = new ipcLockContext(cid);
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        //
+        // ok, add this lock to the table, and notify client that it now owns
+        // the lock!
+        //
+        ctx = new ipcLockContext(cid);
+        if (!ctx)
+            return;
+
+        PL_HashTableAdd(gLockTable, PL_strdup(key), ctx);
+
+        ipcLockModule_Send(cid, key, IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_ACQUIRED);
+    }
+}
+
+static PRBool
+ipcLockModule_ReleaseLockHelper(PRUint32 cid, const char *key, ipcLockContext *ctx)
+{
+    LOG(("$$$ releasing lock [key=%s]\n", key));
+
+    PRBool removeEntry = PR_FALSE;
+
+    //
+    // lock is already acquired _or_ maybe client is on the pending list.
+    //
+    if (ctx->mOwnerID == cid) {
+        if (ctx->mNextPending) {
+            //
+            // remove this element from the list.  since this is the
+            // first element in the list, instead of removing it we
+            // shift the data from the next context into this one and
+            // delete the next context.
+            //
+            ipcLockContext *next = ctx->mNextPending;
+            ctx->mOwnerID = next->mOwnerID;
+            ctx->mNextPending = next->mNextPending;
+            delete next;
+            //
+            // notify client that it now owns the lock
+            //
+            ipcLockModule_Send(ctx->mOwnerID, key, IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_ACQUIRED);
+        }
+        else {
+            delete ctx;
+            removeEntry = PR_TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        ipcLockContext *prev;
+        for (;;) {
+            prev = ctx;
+            ctx = ctx->mNextPending;
+            if (!ctx)
+                break;
+            if (ctx->mOwnerID == cid) {
+                // remove ctx from list
+                prev->mNextPending = ctx->mNextPending;
+                delete ctx;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return removeEntry;
+}
+
+static void
+ipcLockModule_ReleaseLock(PRUint32 cid, const char *key)
+{
+    if (!gLockTable)
+        return;
+
+    ipcLockContext *ctx;
+
+    ctx = (ipcLockContext *) PL_HashTableLookup(gLockTable, key);
+    if (ctx && ipcLockModule_ReleaseLockHelper(cid, key, ctx))
+        PL_HashTableRemove(gLockTable, key);
+}
+
+PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PRIntn)
+ipcLockModule_ReleaseByCID(PLHashEntry *he, PRIntn i, void *arg)
+{
+    PRUint32 cid = *(PRUint32 *) arg;
+
+    ipcLockContext *ctx = (ipcLockContext *) he->value;
+    if (ctx->mOwnerID != cid)
+        return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
+
+    LOG(("$$$ ipcLockModule_ReleaseByCID [cid=%u key=%s he=%p]\n",
+        cid, (char*)he->key, (void*)he));
+
+    if (ipcLockModule_ReleaseLockHelper(cid, (const char *) he->key, ctx))
+        return HT_ENUMERATE_REMOVE;
+
+    return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void
+ipcLockModule_Init()
+{
+    LOG(("$$$ ipcLockModule_Init\n"));
+
+    gLockTable = PL_NewHashTable(32,
+                                 PL_HashString,
+                                 PL_CompareStrings,
+                                 PL_CompareValues,
+                                 &ipcLockModule_AllocOps,
+                                 NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+ipcLockModule_Shutdown()
+{
+    LOG(("$$$ ipcLockModule_Shutdown\n"));
+    
+    if (gLockTable) {
+        // XXX walk table destroying all ipcLockContext objects
+ 
+        PL_HashTableDestroy(gLockTable);
+        gLockTable = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+ipcLockModule_HandleMsg(ipcClientHandle client,
+                        const nsID     &target,
+                        const void     *data,
+                        PRUint32        dataLen)
+{
+    PRUint32 cid = IPC_GetClientID(client);
+
+    LOG(("$$$ ipcLockModule_HandleMsg [cid=%u]\n", cid));
+
+    ipcLockMsg msg;
+    IPC_UnflattenLockMsg((const PRUint8 *) data, dataLen, &msg);
+
+    switch (msg.opcode) {
+    case IPC_LOCK_OP_ACQUIRE:
+        ipcLockModule_AcquireLock(cid, msg.flags, msg.key);
+        break;
+    case IPC_LOCK_OP_RELEASE:
+        ipcLockModule_ReleaseLock(cid, msg.key);
+        break;
+    default:
+        PR_NOT_REACHED("invalid opcode");
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+ipcLockModule_ClientUp(ipcClientHandle client)
+{
+    LOG(("$$$ ipcLockModule_ClientUp [%u]\n", IPC_GetClientID(client)));
+}
+
+static void
+ipcLockModule_ClientDown(ipcClientHandle client)
+{
+    PRUint32 cid = IPC_GetClientID(client);
+
+    LOG(("$$$ ipcLockModule_ClientDown [%u]\n", cid));
+
+    //
+    // enumerate lock table, release any locks held by this client.
+    //
+
+    PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(gLockTable, ipcLockModule_ReleaseByCID, &cid);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static ipcModuleMethods gLockMethods =
+{
+    IPC_MODULE_METHODS_VERSION,
+    ipcLockModule_Init,
+    ipcLockModule_Shutdown,
+    ipcLockModule_HandleMsg,
+    ipcLockModule_ClientUp,
+    ipcLockModule_ClientDown
+};
+
+static ipcModuleEntry gLockModuleEntry[] =
+{
+    { IPC_LOCK_TARGETID, &gLockMethods }
+};
+
+IPC_IMPL_GETMODULES(ipcLockModule, gLockModuleEntry)
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/test/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/test/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcf9299a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/test/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# vim:set ts=8 sw=8 noet:
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2004
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE = dconnect
+
+REQUIRES	= ipcd \
+		  nspr \
+		  string \
+		  xpcom \
+		  $(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS = \
+  TestIPCLocks.cpp \
+  $(NULL)
+
+SIMPLE_PROGRAMS	= $(CPPSRCS:.cpp=$(BIN_SUFFIX))
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
+
+LIBS = \
+  $(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
+  $(XPCOM_LIBS) \
+  $(NSPR_LIBS) \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/test/TestIPCLocks.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/test/TestIPCLocks.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f35e8434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/lock/test/TestIPCLocks.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2004
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+// This test program spawns N copies of itself, and each copy spawns M threads.
+// Each thread acquires and releases a named, interprocess lock.
+// Randomized delays are injected at various points to exercise the system, and
+// help expose any race conditions that may exist.
+//
+// Usage: TestIPCLocks [-N]
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "ipcILockService.h"
+#include "ipcLockCID.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIEventQueueService.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "prproces.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+#if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_OS2) || defined(XP_BEOS)
+#include <unistd.h>
+static unsigned GetPID()
+{
+  return (unsigned) getpid();
+}
+#elif defined(XP_WIN)
+#include <windows.h>
+static unsigned GetPID()
+{
+  return (unsigned) GetCurrentProcessId();  
+}
+#else
+static unsigned int GetPID()
+{
+  return 0; // implement me!
+}
+#endif
+
+static void LOG(const char *fmt, ... )
+{
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap, fmt);
+  PRUint32 nb = 0;
+  char buf[512];
+
+  nb = PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "[%u:%p] ", GetPID(), PR_GetCurrentThread());
+
+  PR_vsnprintf(buf + nb, sizeof(buf) - nb, fmt, ap);
+  buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = '\0';
+
+  fwrite(buf, strlen(buf), 1, stdout);
+  fflush(stdout);
+
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+static void RandomSleep(PRUint32 fromMS, PRUint32 toMS)
+{
+  PRUint32 ms = fromMS + (PRUint32) ((toMS - fromMS) * ((double) rand() / RAND_MAX));
+  //LOG("putting thread to sleep for %u ms\n", ms);
+  PR_Sleep(PR_MillisecondsToInterval(ms));
+}
+
+static ipcILockService *gLockService;
+
+PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void) TestThread(void *arg)
+{
+  const char *lockName = (const char *) arg;
+
+  LOG("entering TestThread [lock=%s]\n", lockName);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  RandomSleep(1000, 1100);
+
+  //LOG("done sleeping\n");
+
+  rv = gLockService->AcquireLock(lockName, PR_TRUE);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    //LOG("acquired lock \"%s\"\n", lockName);
+    RandomSleep(500, 1000);
+    //LOG("releasing lock \"%s\"\n", lockName);
+    rv = gLockService->ReleaseLock(lockName);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      LOG("failed to release lock [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+      NS_ERROR("failed to release lock");
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    LOG("failed to acquire lock [rv=%x]\n", rv);
+    NS_NOTREACHED("failed to acquire lock");
+  }
+
+  LOG("exiting TestThread [lock=%s rv=%x]\n", lockName, rv);
+}
+
+static const char *kLockNames[] = {
+  "foopy",
+  "test",
+  "1",
+  "xyz",
+  "moz4ever",
+  nsnull
+};
+
+static nsresult DoTest()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIEventQueueService> eqs =
+      do_GetService(NS_EVENTQUEUESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  rv = eqs->CreateMonitoredThreadEventQueue();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIEventQueue> eq;
+  rv = eqs->GetThreadEventQueue(NS_CURRENT_THREAD, getter_AddRefs(eq));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<ipcILockService> lockService =
+      do_GetService(IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+
+  gLockService = lockService;
+
+  PRThread *threads[10] = {0};
+  int i = 0;
+
+  for (const char **lockName = kLockNames; *lockName; ++lockName, ++i)
+  {
+    threads[i] = PR_CreateThread(PR_USER_THREAD,
+                                 TestThread,
+                                 (void *) *lockName,
+                                 PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
+                                 PR_GLOBAL_THREAD,
+                                 PR_JOINABLE_THREAD,
+                                 0);
+  }
+
+  for (i=0; threads[i]; ++i)
+  {
+    PR_JoinThread(threads[i]);
+    threads[i] = nsnull;
+  }
+
+  gLockService = nsnull;
+
+  LOG("joined with all threads; exiting DoTest\n");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  LOG("entering main\n");
+
+  int numProcs = 10;
+
+  // if this is a child process, then just run the test
+  if (argc > 1)
+  {
+    if (strcmp(argv[1], "-child") == 0)
+    {
+      RandomSleep(1000, 1000);
+      LOG("running child test\n");
+      NS_InitXPCOM2(nsnull, nsnull, nsnull);
+      DoTest();
+      NS_ShutdownXPCOM(nsnull);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    else if (argv[1][0] == '-')
+    {
+      // argument is a number
+      numProcs = atoi(argv[1] + 1);
+      if (numProcs == 0)
+      {
+        printf("### usage: TestIPCLocks [-N]\n"
+               "where, N is the number of test processes to spawn.\n");
+        return -1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  LOG("sleeping for 1 second\n");
+  PR_Sleep(PR_SecondsToInterval(1));
+
+  PRProcess **procs = (PRProcess **) malloc(sizeof(PRProcess*) * numProcs);
+  int i;
+
+  // else, spawn the child processes
+  for (i=0; i<numProcs; ++i)
+  {
+    char *const argv[] = {"./TestIPCLocks", "-child", nsnull};
+    LOG("spawning child test\n");
+    procs[i] = PR_CreateProcess("./TestIPCLocks", argv, nsnull, nsnull);
+  }
+
+  PRInt32 exitCode;
+  for (i=0; i<numProcs; ++i)
+    PR_WaitProcess(procs[i], &exitCode);
+  
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3c7a7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f80740d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corp.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+DIRS = common module public src
+
+ifdef ENABLE_TESTS
+DIRS += test
+endif
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b292dd21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Makefile
+module.rc
+module.res
+tmModule.obj
+transmngr_client.dll
+transmngr_client.pdb
+transmngr_client.exp
+transmngr_client.lib
+transmngr_client.ilk
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87277839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corp.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE = transmngr
+LIBRARY_NAME = transmngr_client
+EXPORT_LIBRARY = 1
+IS_COMPONENT = 1
+MODULE_NAME = transmngr
+
+REQUIRES	= ipcd \
+		  string \
+		  xpcom \
+		  $(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS = tmModule.cpp
+EXPORTS = tmCID.h
+
+SHARED_LIBRARY_LIBS = \
+		$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)transmngr_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
+		$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)transmngrcom_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
+		$(NULL)
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES	= \
+		-I$(srcdir)/../src \
+		-I$(srcdir)/../common \
+		$(NULL)
+
+EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
+		$(LIBS_DIR) \
+		$(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
+		$(MOZ_COMPONENT_LIBS) \
+		$(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/tmCID.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/tmCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ca23b84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/tmCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef tmCID_h__
+#define tmCID_h__
+
+#define TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CLASSNAME \
+    "tmTransactionService"
+#define TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+    "@mozilla.org/transaction/service;1"
+#define TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CID                      \
+{ /* 1403adf4-94d1-4c67-a8ae-d9f86972d378 */         \
+  0x1403adf4,                                        \
+  0x94d1,                                            \
+  0x4c67,                                            \
+  {0xa8, 0xae, 0xd9, 0xf8, 0x69, 0x72, 0xd3, 0x78}   \
+}
+
+#endif // !tmCID_h__
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/tmModule.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/tmModule.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2853ba0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/build/tmModule.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsIGenericFactory.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "tmCID.h"
+#include "tmTransactionService.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Define the contructor function for the objects
+//
+// NOTE: This creates an instance of objects by using the default constructor
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(tmTransactionService)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Define a table of CIDs implemented by this module along with other
+// information like the function to create an instance, contractid, and
+// class name.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+static const nsModuleComponentInfo components[] = {
+  { TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CLASSNAME,
+    TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CID,
+    TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CONTRACTID,
+    tmTransactionServiceConstructor },
+    /*
+    tmTransactionServiceRegisterProc,
+    tmTransactionServiceUnregisterProc },
+    */
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Implement the NSGetModule() exported function for your module
+// and the entire implementation of the module object.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+NS_IMPL_NSGETMODULE(transmngr, components)
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df8a43a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+Makefile
+tmTransaction.obj
+tmVector.obj
+transmgrcom_s.pdb
+transmgrcom_s.lib
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4521c39a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corp.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH = ../../../../..
+topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE = ipcd
+LIBRARY_NAME = transmgrcom_s
+FORCE_STATIC_LIB = 1
+MODULE_NAME	= ipcd
+
+FORCE_USE_PIC	= 1
+
+REQUIRES = \
+  xpcom \
+  $(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS = \
+  tmTransaction.cpp \
+  tmVector.cpp \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmTransaction.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmTransaction.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5fb7e5bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmTransaction.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "tmTransaction.h"
+#ifdef VBOX_USE_IPRT_IN_XPCOM
+# include <iprt/mem.h>
+#endif
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Constructor(s) & Destructor
+
+tmTransaction::~tmTransaction() {
+  if (mHeader)
+#ifdef VBOX_USE_IPRT_IN_XPCOM
+    RTMemFree(mHeader);
+#else
+    free(mHeader);
+#endif
+}
+
+// call only once per lifetime of object. does not reclaim the
+//    raw message, only sets it.
+nsresult
+tmTransaction::Init(PRUint32 aOwnerID,
+                    PRInt32  aQueueID,
+                    PRUint32 aAction,
+                    PRInt32  aStatus,
+                    const PRUint8 *aMessage,
+                    PRUint32 aLength) {
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  tmHeader *header = nsnull;
+
+  // indicates the message is the entire raw message
+  if (aQueueID == TM_INVALID_ID) {
+#ifdef VBOX_USE_IPRT_IN_XPCOM
+    header = (tmHeader*) RTMemAlloc(aLength);
+#else
+    header = (tmHeader*) malloc(aLength);
+#endif
+    if (header) {
+      mRawMessageLength = aLength;
+      memcpy(header, aMessage, aLength);
+    }
+    else
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  else {   // need to create the tmHeader and concat the message
+#ifdef VBOX_USE_IPRT_IN_XPCOM
+    header = (tmHeader*) RTMemAlloc (sizeof(tmHeader) + aLength);
+#else
+    header = (tmHeader*) malloc (sizeof(tmHeader) + aLength);
+#endif
+    if (header) {
+      mRawMessageLength = sizeof(tmHeader) + aLength;
+      header->action = aAction;
+      header->queueID = aQueueID;
+      header->status = aStatus;
+      header->reserved = 0x00000000;
+      if (aLength > 0)     // add the message if it exists
+        memcpy((header + 1), aMessage, aLength);
+    }
+    else
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    mOwnerID = aOwnerID;
+    mHeader = header;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmTransaction.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmTransaction.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b86f20f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmTransaction.h
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _tmTransaction_H_
+#define _tmTransaction_H_
+
+#include "tmUtils.h"
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Message format
+//
+// |------------------------------------|--
+// |QueueID                             |  |
+// |------------------------------------|  |
+// | Action - Post/Flush/Attach etc     |  |- this is the tmHeader struct
+// |------------------------------------|  |
+// |Status                              |  | 
+// |------------------------------------|  |
+// |Padding                             |  |
+// |------------------------------------|--
+// |Message Data (payload)              |
+// |------------------------------------|
+//
+// The Attach call is a special case in that it doesn't have a QueueID yet. A
+//   QueueID will be 0's. The message Data will be the Queue Name String which
+//   will be the profile name with a domain attached, a domain being 
+//   [prefs|cookies|etc]
+//
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**
+  * tmHeader contains various flags identifying 
+  */
+struct tmHeader {
+  PRInt32  queueID;     // will be the index of the queue in the TM, can be < 0
+  PRUint32 action;      // defined by tmUtils.h will be > 0
+  PRInt32  status;      // return values from methods, could be < 0
+  PRUint32 reserved;    // not currently used, maintaining word alignment
+};
+
+/**
+  * Using tmTransaction:
+  *
+  *   After creating a tmTransaction either through new or as a member 
+  *   or local variable a process must call Init() with the proper set of
+  *   arguements to initialize the state of the transaction. tmTransaction is
+  *   set up to accept 3 types of initialization.
+  *
+  *   1) Raw message - All data is carried in the byte pointer aMessage,
+  *      args 2,3,4 should be set to TM_NO_ID and aLength 
+  *      must be set to the full length of aMessage, including null
+  *      termination if the payload is a null-term string and the size of the
+  *      tmHeader struct preceeding the message. Currently this
+  *      format is used at the IPC boundary, where we receive a byte pointer
+  *      from the IPC Daemon.
+  *
+  *   2) Flags only - aQueueID, aAction and aStatus are all set. aMessage
+  *      should be set to nsnull and aLength to 0. This format is used when
+  *      sending reply messages (except for ATTACH_REPLY) and when the TS
+  *      Transaction Service is sending "control" messages to the Manager -
+  *      flush, detach, etc...
+  *
+  *   3) Flags and message - All arguements are set. The aMessage is only
+  *      the message for the client app. aLength should be set to the length
+  *      of aMessage and not include the length of the tmHeader struct.
+  *   
+  *   The only data member you can set post initialization is the QueueID.
+  *      You should only call Init() once in the lifetime of a tmTransaction
+  *      as it doesn't clean up the exisiting data before assigning the new
+  *      data. Therefore it would leak most heinously if Init() were to be
+  *      called twice.
+  *
+  *   mOwnerID only has relevance on the IPC daemon side of things. The 
+  *      Transaction Service has no knowledge of this ID and makes no use
+  *      of it.
+  */
+class tmTransaction
+{
+
+public:
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Constructor(s) & Destructor
+
+  tmTransaction(): mHeader(nsnull), mRawMessageLength(0), mOwnerID(0) { }
+
+  virtual ~tmTransaction();
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Public Member Functions
+
+  // Initializer ////////////
+
+  /**
+    * Sets up the internal data of the transaction. Allows for 3 basic ways
+    *   to call this function: No flags and just one big raw message, Just
+    *   flags and no message, and finally flags and message. If the message
+    *   exists it is copied into the transaction.
+    *
+    * @param aOwnerID is given to us by the IPC Daemon and is specific
+    *        to that transport layer. It is only set when transactions
+    *        are sent from the TM to the TS.
+    *
+    * @param aQueueID is the either the destination queue, or the queue from
+    *        where this transaction is eminating
+    *
+    * @param aAction is the action that occured to generate this transaction
+    *
+    * @param aStatus is the success state of the action.
+    *
+    * @param aMessage can be a raw message including the 3 flags above or it
+    *        can be just the "payload" of the transaction that the destination
+    *        process is going deal with.
+    *
+    * @param aLength is the length of the message. If there is a null
+    *        terminated string in the message make sure the length includes
+    *        the null termination.
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK if everything was successful
+    * @returns NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY if allocation of space for the
+    *          copy of the message fails.
+    */
+  nsresult Init(PRUint32 aOwnerID,
+                PRInt32 aQueueID,
+                PRUint32 aAction,
+                PRInt32 aStatus,
+                const PRUint8 *aMessage, 
+                PRUint32 aLength);
+
+  // Data Accessors /////////
+
+  /**
+    * @returns a const byte pointer to the message
+    */
+  const PRUint8* GetMessage() const { return (PRUint8*)(mHeader + 1); }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the length of the message
+    */
+  PRUint32 GetMessageLength() const { 
+    return (mRawMessageLength > sizeof(tmHeader)) ?
+      (mRawMessageLength - sizeof(tmHeader)) : 0;
+  }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns a const pointer to the memory containing the
+    *          flag information followed immediately by the message
+    *          data.
+    */
+  const PRUint8* GetRawMessage() const { return (PRUint8*) mHeader; }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the length of the flags and message combined
+    */
+  PRUint32 GetRawMessageLength() const { return mRawMessageLength; }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the id of the destination or sending queue, depending on the
+    *          direction of the transaction.
+    */
+  PRInt32 GetQueueID() const { return mHeader->queueID; }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the action represented by this transaction
+    */
+  PRUint32 GetAction() const { return mHeader->action; }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the success state, if applicable of the action leading
+    *          up to this message
+    */
+  PRInt32 GetStatus() const { return mHeader->status; }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the client ID (in IPC daemon terms) of the client who initiated
+    *          the exchange that generated this transaction.
+    */
+  PRUint32 GetOwnerID() const { return mOwnerID; }
+
+  // Data Mutator ///////////
+
+  /**
+    * Sets the ID of the destination or source queue. Init should have been
+    *   called before the call to this function.
+    */
+  void SetQueueID(PRInt32 aID) { mHeader->queueID = aID; }
+
+protected:
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Protected Member Variables
+
+  tmHeader* mHeader;            // points to beginning of entire message
+  PRUint32  mRawMessageLength;  // length of entire message, incl tmHeader
+  PRUint32  mOwnerID;           // client who sent this trans. - a IPC ClientID
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmUtils.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f85184d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _tmUtils_H_
+#define _tmUtils_H_
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsError.h"
+#include "nsID.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+// UUID used to identify the Transaction Module in both daemon and client
+// not part of the XPCOM hooks, but rather a means of identifying
+// modules withing the IPC daemon.
+#define TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID                         \
+{ /* c3dfbcd5-f51d-420b-abf4-3bae445b96a9 */          \
+    0xc3dfbcd5,                                       \
+    0xf51d,                                           \
+    0x420b,                                           \
+    {0xab, 0xf4, 0x3b, 0xae, 0x44, 0x5b, 0x96, 0xa9}  \
+}
+
+//static const nsID kTransModuleID = TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID;
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// match NS_ERROR_FOO error code formats
+//
+// only create new errors for those errors that are specific to TM
+
+#define NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM       27   /* XXX goes in nserror.h -- integrating with ns error codes */
+
+#define TM_ERROR                          NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 1)
+#define TM_ERROR_WRONG_QUEUE              NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 2)
+#define TM_ERROR_NOT_POSTED               NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 3)
+#define TM_ERROR_QUEUE_EXISTS             NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 4)
+#define TM_SUCCESS_DELETE_QUEUE           NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 6)
+
+
+// XXX clean up:
+#define TM_INVALID_ID 0xFFFFFFFF
+#define TM_INVALID 0xFFFFFFFF
+#define TM_NO_ID 0xFFFFFFFE
+
+// Transaction Actions
+enum {
+  TM_ATTACH = 0, 
+  TM_ATTACH_REPLY,
+  TM_POST,
+  TM_POST_REPLY,
+  TM_NOTIFY,
+  TM_FLUSH,
+  TM_FLUSH_REPLY,
+  TM_DETACH,
+  TM_DETACH_REPLY 
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmVector.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmVector.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99213f27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmVector.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "tmVector.h"
+#ifdef VBOX_USE_IPRT_IN_XPCOM
+# include <iprt/mem.h>
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Constructor(s) & Destructor
+
+// can not be responsible for reclaiming memory pointed to by the void*s in
+//   the collection - how would we reclaim, don't know how they were allocated
+tmVector::~tmVector() {
+  if (mElements)
+#ifdef VBOX_USE_IPRT_IN_XPCOM
+    RTMemFree((void*)mElements);
+#else
+    free((void*)mElements);
+#endif
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Public Member Functions
+
+nsresult
+tmVector::Init() {
+
+#ifdef VBOX_USE_IPRT_IN_XPCOM
+  mElements = (void**) RTMemAllocZ (mCapacity * sizeof(void*));
+#else
+  mElements = (void**) calloc (mCapacity, sizeof(void*));
+#endif
+  if (!mElements)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mutators
+
+PRInt32
+tmVector::Append(void *aElement){
+  PR_ASSERT(aElement);
+
+  // make sure there is room
+  if (mNext == mCapacity)
+    if (NS_FAILED(Grow()))
+      return -1;
+
+  // put the element in the array
+  mElements[mNext] = aElement;
+  mCount++;
+
+  // encapsulates the index into a success value
+  return mNext++; // post increment.
+}
+
+void
+tmVector::Remove(void *aElement) {
+  PR_ASSERT(aElement);
+
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < mNext; index++) {
+    if (mElements[index] == aElement) {
+      mElements[index] = nsnull;
+      mCount--;
+      if (index == mNext-1) {   // if we removed the last element
+        mNext--;
+        // don't test for success of the shrink
+        Shrink();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+tmVector::RemoveAt(PRUint32 aIndex) {
+  PR_ASSERT(aIndex < mNext);
+
+  // remove the element if it isn't already nsnull
+  if (mElements[aIndex] != nsnull) {
+    mElements[aIndex] = nsnull;
+    mCount--;
+    if (aIndex == mNext-1) {   // if we removed the last element
+      mNext--;
+      // don't test for success of the shrink
+      Shrink();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+//void*
+//tmVector::operator[](int index) {
+//  if (index < mNext && index >= 0)
+//    return mElements[index];
+//  return nsnull;
+//}
+
+// Does not delete any of the data, merely removes references to them
+void
+tmVector::Clear(){
+  memset(mElements, 0, mCapacity);
+  mCount = 0;
+  mNext = 0;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Protected Member Functions
+
+// increases the capacity by the growth increment
+nsresult
+tmVector::Grow() {
+
+  PRUint32 newcap = mCapacity + GROWTH_INC;
+#ifdef VBOX_USE_IPRT_IN_XPCOM
+  mElements = (void**) RTMemRealloc(mElements, (newcap * sizeof(void*)));
+#else
+  mElements = (void**) realloc(mElements, (newcap * sizeof(void*)));
+#endif
+  if (mElements) {
+    mCapacity = newcap;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+// reduces the capacity by the growth increment. leaves room
+//   for one more add before needing to Grow().
+nsresult
+tmVector::Shrink() {
+
+  PRUint32 newcap = mCapacity - GROWTH_INC;
+  if (mNext < newcap) {
+#ifdef VBOX_USE_IPRT_IN_XPCOM
+    mElements = (void**) RTMemRealloc(mElements, newcap * sizeof(void*));
+#else
+    mElements = (void**) realloc(mElements, newcap * sizeof(void*));
+#endif
+    if (!mElements)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    mCapacity = newcap;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmVector.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ddb68ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/common/tmVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _tmVector_H_
+#define _tmVector_H_
+
+#include "tmUtils.h"
+
+#define GROWTH_INC 5
+
+/**
+  * A simple, clear, self-growing, collection of objects. typed independant
+  *   basically a growing array. Useful in situations where you need an
+  *   indexed collection but do not know the size in advance and need the
+  *   ability for increase and decrease in size. Not optimized for anything
+  *   in particular, or any size in particular.
+  *
+  * Is able to guarantee the index of an item will
+  *   not change due to removals of a lower indexed item. The growing,
+  *   and shrinking all happens to the end of the collection
+  *
+  * Does not backfill, adds to the end. At some point this should be 
+  *   changed to make best use of space.
+  */
+class tmVector
+{
+public:
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Constructor(s) & Destructor
+
+  /**
+    * Set some sane default values to set up the internal storage. Init()
+    *   must be called after construction of the object to allcate the
+    *   backing store.
+    */
+  tmVector() : mNext(0), mCount(0), mCapacity(10), mElements(nsnull) {;}
+
+  /**
+    * Reclaim the memory allocated in the Init() method. 
+    */
+  virtual ~tmVector();
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Public Member Functions
+
+  /**
+    * Allocates the storage back-end
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK if allocation succeeded
+    * @returns NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY if the allocation failed
+    */
+  nsresult Init();
+
+  // mutators
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the index of the element added, if successful
+    * @returns -1 if an error occured during allocation of space
+    */
+  PRInt32 Append(void *aElement);
+
+  /**
+    * This does not collapse the collection, it leaves holes. Note, it also
+    *   doesn't delete the element, it merely removes it from the collection
+    */
+  void Remove(void *aElement);
+
+  /**
+    * This does not collapse the collection, it leaves holes. Note, it also
+    *   doesn't delete the element, it merely removes it from the collection
+    */
+  void RemoveAt(PRUint32 aIndex);
+
+  /**
+    * Does not call delete on the elements since we have no idea how to
+    *   reclaim the memory. Sets all array slots to 0.
+    */
+  void Clear();
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the element at the index indicated, including nsnull if the
+    *          slot is empty.
+    */
+  void* operator[](PRUint32 index) { 
+    PR_ASSERT(index < mNext);
+    return mElements[index]; 
+  }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the number of elements stored
+    */
+  PRUint32 Count() { return mCount; }
+
+  /**
+    * Meant to be used as the conditional in a loop. |index < size| should
+    *   reach all elements of the collection and not run out of bounds. If
+    *   slots 0,1,4,5,6 contain elements Size() will return 7, Count() will
+    *   return 5.
+    *
+    * @returns the number of slots in the array taken, irrespective of 
+    *          holes in the collection.
+    */
+  PRUint32 Size() { return mNext; }
+
+protected:
+
+  nsresult Grow();     // mCapacity += GROWTH_INC - realloc()s
+  nsresult Shrink();   // mCapacity -= GROWTH_INC - dumb, free, malloc
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Protected Member Variables
+
+  // bookkeeping variables
+  PRUint32 mNext;             // next element insertion slot (0 based)
+  PRUint32 mCount;            // how many elements in the Vector (1 based)
+  PRUint32 mCapacity;         // current capacity of the Vector (1 based)
+
+  // the actual array of objects being stored
+  void **mElements;
+
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ccfb2bc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Makefile
+module.rc
+module.res
+tmIPCModule.obj
+tmQueue.obj
+tmTransactionManager.obj
+transmgr.dll
+transmgr.exp
+transmgr.ilk
+transmgr.lib
+transmgr.pdb
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8baa225
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corp.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH = ../../../../..
+topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE = ipcd
+LIBRARY_NAME = transmgr
+MODULE_NAME = ipcd
+
+FORCE_SHARED_LIB	= 1
+NO_DIST_INSTALL	= 1
+NO_INSTALL = 1
+
+ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),Darwin)
+NO_COMPONENT_LINK_MAP = 1
+MOZ_COMPONENTS_VERSION_SCRIPT_LDFLAGS =
+endif
+
+REQUIRES	= nspr \
+		  xpcom \
+		  $(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS = \
+  tmIPCModule.cpp \
+  tmQueue.cpp \
+  tmTransactionManager.cpp \
+  $(NULL)
+
+EXPORTS = \
+  tmIPCModule.h \
+  $(NULL)
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
+  -I$(srcdir)/../common \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
+
+LIBS = \
+  $(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
+  $(NSPR_LIBS) \
+  $(NULL)
+
+EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
+  $(LIBS_DIR) \
+  $(NSPR_LIBS) \
+  $(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)transmgrcom_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
+  $(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
+_IPC_FILES = \
+  $(DLL_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(DLL_SUFFIX) \
+  $(NULL)
+
+libs:: $(_IPC_FILES)
+	$(INSTALL) $^ $(DIST)/bin/ipc/modules
+
+install:: $(_IPC_FILES)
+	$(SYSINSTALL) $(IFLAGS1) $^ $(DESTDIR)$(mozappdir)/ipc/modules
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmIPCModule.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmIPCModule.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3982c93c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmIPCModule.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "tmIPCModule.h"
+#include "tmTransaction.h"
+#include "tmTransactionManager.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// IPC Daemon hookup stuff
+
+// functionpointer array giving access to this module from the IPC daemon
+static ipcModuleMethods gTransMethods =
+{
+    IPC_MODULE_METHODS_VERSION,
+    tmIPCModule::Init,
+    tmIPCModule::Shutdown,
+    tmIPCModule::HandleMsg
+};
+
+static ipcModuleEntry gTransModuleEntry[] =
+{
+    { TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID, &gTransMethods }
+};
+
+IPC_IMPL_GETMODULES(TransactionModule, gTransModuleEntry)
+
+static const nsID kTransModuleID = TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID;
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Define global variable
+
+tmTransactionManager *tmIPCModule::tm;
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// IPC Module API
+
+void
+tmIPCModule::Init() {
+  if (!tm)
+    InitInternal();
+}
+
+void
+tmIPCModule::Shutdown() {
+  if (tm) {
+    delete tm;
+    tm = nsnull;
+  }
+}
+
+// straight pass-through, don't check args, let the TM do it.
+void
+tmIPCModule::HandleMsg(ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target, 
+                       const void *data, PRUint32 dataLen) {
+
+  // make sure the trans mngr is there
+  if (!tm && (InitInternal() < 0))
+    return;
+
+  // create the transaction
+  tmTransaction *trans = new tmTransaction();
+
+  // initialize it
+  if (trans) {
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(trans->Init(IPC_GetClientID(client),  // who owns it
+                                TM_INVALID_ID,            // in data
+                                TM_INVALID,               // in data
+                                TM_INVALID,               // in data
+                                (PRUint8 *)data,          // raw message
+                                dataLen))) {              // length of message
+      // pass it on to the trans mngr
+      tm->HandleTransaction(trans);
+    }
+    else
+      delete trans;
+  }
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// tmIPCModule API
+
+// straight pass-through, don't check args, let the TS & TM do it.
+void
+tmIPCModule::SendMsg(PRUint32 aDestClientIPCID, tmTransaction *aTransaction) {
+
+  IPC_SendMsg(aDestClientIPCID,
+              kTransModuleID,
+              (void *)aTransaction->GetRawMessage(),
+              aTransaction->GetRawMessageLength());
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Protected Methods
+
+PRInt32
+tmIPCModule::InitInternal() {
+
+  tm = new tmTransactionManager();
+  if (tm)
+    return tm->Init();
+  return -1;
+}
+
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmIPCModule.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmIPCModule.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d4623b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmIPCModule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _tmIPCModule_H_
+#define _tmIPCModule_H_
+
+#include "ipcModuleUtil.h"
+#include "tmUtils.h"
+
+// forward declarations
+class tmTransaction;
+class tmTransactionManager;
+
+/**
+  * Basically an interface between the tmTransactionManager and the IPC
+  *   daemon. Does little else than format the data from one party into
+  *   a format understandable to the other.
+  *
+  * The reason for this class is to try and abstract the transportation 
+  *   layer the transaction service uses. By using this class the Transaction
+  *   Manager itself only needs to know that clients are identified by 
+  *   PRUint32 IDs. 
+  */
+class tmIPCModule
+{
+public:
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // ipcModule API - called from IPC daemon
+
+  /**
+    * Clean up the TM
+    */
+  static void Shutdown();
+
+  /**
+    * Check the TM, create it if neccessary.
+    */
+  static void Init();
+
+  /**
+    * Receives a message from the IPC daemon, creates a transaction and sends
+    *   it to the TM to deal with.
+    */
+  static void HandleMsg(ipcClientHandle client,
+                        const nsID     &target,
+                        const void     *data,
+                        PRUint32        dataLen);
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // tmIPCModule API - called from tmTransactionManager
+
+  /**
+    * Sends the message to the IPC daemon to be deliverd to the client arg.
+    */
+  static void SendMsg(PRUint32 aDestClientIPCID, tmTransaction *aTransaction);
+
+protected:
+
+  /**
+    * tm should be null coming into this method. This does NOT delete tm
+    *   first. 
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK if everything succeeds
+    * @returns -1 if initialization fails
+    */
+  static PRInt32 InitInternal();
+
+  static tmTransactionManager *tm;
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmQueue.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmQueue.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5164446f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmQueue.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "tmQueue.h"
+#include "tmTransaction.h"
+#include "tmTransactionManager.h"
+#include "tmUtils.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Constructors & Destructor
+
+tmQueue::~tmQueue() {
+
+  // empty the vectors
+  PRUint32 index = 0;
+  PRUint32 size = mTransactions.Size();
+  for ( ; index < size ; index++) {
+    if (mTransactions[index])
+      delete (tmTransaction *)mTransactions[index];
+  }
+
+  // don't need to delete the mListeners because 
+  // we just insert PRUint32s, no allocation
+
+  mTM = nsnull;
+  mID = 0;
+  if (mName)
+    PL_strfree(mName);
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Public Methods
+
+PRInt32
+tmQueue::Init(const char* aName, PRUint32 aID, tmTransactionManager *aTM) {
+  PR_ASSERT(mTM == nsnull);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mTransactions.Init()) &&
+      NS_SUCCEEDED(mListeners.Init()) &&
+      ((mName = PL_strdup(aName)) != nsnull) ) {
+    mTM = aTM;
+    mID = aID;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+PRInt32
+tmQueue::AttachClient(PRUint32 aClientID) {
+
+  PRInt32 status = NS_OK;                 // success of adding client
+
+  if (!IsAttached(aClientID)) {
+    // add the client to the listener list -- null safe call
+    status = mListeners.Append((void*) aClientID);
+  }
+  else
+    status = -2;
+
+  // create & init a reply transaction
+  tmTransaction trans;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(aClientID,        // owner's ipc ID
+                              mID,              // client gets our ID
+                              TM_ATTACH_REPLY,  // action
+                              status,           // success of the add
+                              (PRUint8*)mName,  // client matches name to ID
+                              PL_strlen(mName)+1))) {
+    // send the reply
+    mTM->SendTransaction(aClientID, &trans);
+  }
+
+  // if we successfully added the client - send all current transactions
+  if (status >= 0) { // append returns the index of the added element
+    
+    PRUint32 size = mTransactions.Size();
+    for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+      if (mTransactions[index])
+        mTM->SendTransaction(aClientID, (tmTransaction*) mTransactions[index]);
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+PRInt32
+tmQueue::DetachClient(PRUint32 aClientID) {
+
+  PRUint32 size = mListeners.Size();
+  PRUint32 id = 0;
+  PRInt32 status = -1;
+
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+    id = (PRUint32)NS_PTR_TO_INT32(mListeners[index]);
+    if(id == aClientID) {
+      mListeners.RemoveAt(index);
+      status = NS_OK;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  tmTransaction trans;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(aClientID,
+                               mID,
+                               TM_DETACH_REPLY,
+                               status,
+                               nsnull,
+                               0))) {
+    // send the reply
+    mTM->SendTransaction(aClientID, &trans);
+  }
+
+  // if we've removed all the listeners, remove the queue.
+  if (mListeners.Size() == 0)
+    return TM_SUCCESS_DELETE_QUEUE;
+  return status;
+}
+
+void
+tmQueue::FlushQueue(PRUint32 aClientID) {
+
+  if(!IsAttached(aClientID))
+    return;
+
+  PRUint32 size = mTransactions.Size();
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++)
+    if (mTransactions[index])
+      delete (tmTransaction*)mTransactions[index];
+
+  mTransactions.Clear();
+
+  tmTransaction trans;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(aClientID,
+                               mID, 
+                               TM_FLUSH_REPLY, 
+                               NS_OK,
+                               nsnull,
+                               0))) {
+    mTM->SendTransaction(aClientID, &trans);
+  }
+}
+
+PRInt32
+tmQueue::PostTransaction(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
+
+  PRInt32 status = -1;
+  PRUint32 ownerID = aTrans->GetOwnerID();
+
+  // if we are attached, have the right queue and have successfully
+  //    appended the transaction to the queue, send the transaction
+  //    to all the listeners.
+
+  if (IsAttached(ownerID) && aTrans->GetQueueID() == mID)
+    status = mTransactions.Append(aTrans);
+
+  if (status >= 0) {
+    // send the transaction to all members of mListeners except the owner
+    PRUint32 size = mListeners.Size();
+    PRUint32 id = 0;
+    for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+      id = (PRUint32)NS_PTR_TO_INT32(mListeners[index]);
+      if (ownerID != id)
+        mTM->SendTransaction(id, aTrans);
+    }
+  }
+
+  tmTransaction trans;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(ownerID,
+                              mID,
+                              TM_POST_REPLY,
+                              status,
+                              nsnull,
+                              0))) {
+    // send the reply
+    mTM->SendTransaction(ownerID, &trans);
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+PRBool
+tmQueue::IsAttached(PRUint32 aClientID) {
+  // XXX could be an issue if the aClientID is 0 and there
+  // is a "hole" in the mListeners vector. - may NEED to store PRUint32*s
+  PRUint32 size = mListeners.Size();
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+    if (aClientID == (PRUint32)NS_PTR_TO_INT32(mListeners[index]))
+      return PR_TRUE;
+  }
+  return PR_FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmQueue.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmQueue.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c680084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmQueue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _tmQueue_H_
+#define _tmQueue_H_
+
+#include "tmUtils.h"
+#include "tmVector.h"
+
+class tmClient;
+class tmTransaction;
+class tmTransactionManager;
+
+/**
+  * This class isn't so much a queue as it is storage for transactions. It
+  *   is set up to recieve and store transactions in a growing collection
+  *   (using tmVectors). Different messages can be recieved from the 
+  *   Transaction Manager(TM) the queue belongs to which can add and remove
+  *   listeners, empty the queue (flush), and add messages to the queue.
+  *
+  * See the documentation in tmTransactionService.h for details on the
+  *   messages you can send to and recieve from the queues in the TM
+  */
+class tmQueue
+{
+
+public:
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Constructor & Destructor
+
+  /**
+    * Set the internal state to default values. Init() must be called 
+    *   after construction to allocate the storage and set the name and ID.
+    */
+  tmQueue(): mID(0), mName(nsnull), mTM(nsnull) { }
+
+  /**
+    * Reclaim the memory allocated in Init(). Destroys the transactions in
+    *   the transaction storage and the ids in the listener storage
+    */
+  virtual ~tmQueue();
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Public Member Functions
+
+  /**
+    * Initialize internal storage vectors and set the name of the queue
+    *   and the pointer to the TM container.
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK if everything succeeds
+    * @returns -1 if initialization fails
+    */
+  PRInt32 Init(const char* aName, PRUint32 aID, tmTransactionManager *aTM);
+
+  // Queue Operations
+
+  /**
+    * Adds the clientID to the list of queue listeners. A reply is created
+    *   and sent to the client. The reply contains both the name of the
+    *   queue and the id, so the client can match the id to the name and
+    *   then use the id in all further communications to the queue. All
+    *   current transactions in the queue are then sent to the client.
+    *
+    * If the client was already attached the reply is sent, but not the
+    *   outstanding transactions, the assumption being made that all 
+    *   transactions have already been sent to the client.
+    *
+    * The reply is sent for all cases, with the return value in the status
+    *   field.
+    *
+    * @returns >= 0 if the client was attached successfully
+    * @returns -1 if the client was not attached
+    * @returns -2 if the client was already attached
+    */
+  PRInt32 AttachClient(PRUint32 aClientID);
+
+  /**
+    * Removes the client from the list of queue listeners. A reply is created
+    *   and sent to the client to indicate the success of the removal.
+    *
+    * The reply is sent for all cases, with the status field set to either
+    *   -1 or NS_OK.
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK on success
+    * @returns -1 if client is not attached to this queue
+    * @returns TM_SUCCESS_DELETE_QUEUE if there are no more listeners,
+    *          instructing the Transaction Mangaer to delete the queue.
+    */
+  PRInt32 DetachClient(PRUint32 aClientID);
+
+  /**
+    * Removes all the transactions being held in the queue.
+    *   A reply is created and sent to the client to indicate the
+    *   completion of the operation.
+    */
+  void FlushQueue(PRUint32 aClientID);
+
+  /**
+    * Places the transaction passed in on the queue. Takes ownership of the
+    *   transaction, deletes it in the destructor. A reply is created and
+    *   sent to the client to indicate the success of the posting of the
+    *   transaction.
+    *
+    * The reply is sent for all cases, with the status field containing the
+    *   return value.
+    *
+    * @returns >= 0 if the message was posted properly. 
+    * @returns -1 if the client posting is not attached to this queue,
+    *          if the transaction has been posted to the wrong queue or
+    *          if an error occured when trying to add the post to the 
+    *          internal storage.
+    */
+  PRInt32 PostTransaction(tmTransaction *aTrans);
+
+  // Accessors
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the ID of the queue
+    */
+  PRUint32 GetID() const { return mID; }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the name of the queue
+    */
+  const char* GetName() const { return mName; }
+
+protected:
+
+  /**
+    * Helper method to determine if the client has already attached.
+    *
+    * @returns PR_TRUE if the client is attached to the queue.
+    * @returns PR_FALSE if the client is not attached to the queue.
+    */
+  PRBool IsAttached(PRUint32 aClientID);
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Protected Member Variables
+
+  // storage
+  tmVector mTransactions;     // transactions that have been posted
+  tmVector mListeners;        // programs listening to this queue
+
+  // bookkeeping
+  PRUint32 mID;               // a number linked to the name in the mTM
+  char *mName;                // format: [namespace][domainname(ie prefs)]
+  tmTransactionManager *mTM;  // the container that holds the queue
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmTransactionManager.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmTransactionManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d6cc98e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmTransactionManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "tmQueue.h"
+#include "tmTransactionManager.h"
+#include "tmTransaction.h"
+#include "tmUtils.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Constructors & Destructor & Initializer
+
+tmTransactionManager::~tmTransactionManager() {
+
+  PRUint32 size = mQueues.Size();
+  tmQueue *queue = nsnull;
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+     queue = (tmQueue *)mQueues[index];
+     if (queue) {
+       delete queue;
+     }
+  }
+}
+
+PRInt32
+tmTransactionManager::Init() {
+  return mQueues.Init();
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// public transaction module methods
+
+void
+tmTransactionManager::HandleTransaction(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
+
+  PRUint32 action = aTrans->GetAction();
+  PRUint32 ownerID = aTrans->GetOwnerID();
+  tmQueue *queue = nsnull;
+
+  // get the right queue -- attaches do it differently
+  if (action == TM_ATTACH) {
+    const char *name = (char*) aTrans->GetMessage(); // is qName for Attaches
+    queue = GetQueue(name);  
+    if (!queue) {
+      PRInt32 index = AddQueue(name);
+      if (index >= 0)
+        queue = GetQueue(index); // GetQueue may return nsnull
+    }
+  }
+  else  // all other trans should have a valid queue ID already
+    queue = GetQueue(aTrans->GetQueueID());
+
+  if (queue) {
+    // All possible actions should have a case, default is not valid
+    //   delete trans when done with them, let the queue own the trans
+    //   that are posted to them.
+    PRInt32 result = 0;
+    switch (action) {
+    case TM_ATTACH:
+      queue->AttachClient(ownerID);
+      break;
+    case TM_POST:
+      result = queue->PostTransaction(aTrans);
+      if (result >= 0) // post failed, aTrans cached in a tmQueue
+        return;
+      break;
+    case TM_FLUSH:
+      queue->FlushQueue(ownerID);
+      break;
+    case TM_DETACH:
+      if (queue->DetachClient(ownerID) == TM_SUCCESS_DELETE_QUEUE) {
+        // the last client has been removed, remove the queue
+        RemoveQueue(aTrans->GetQueueID()); // this _could_ be out of bounds
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      PR_NOT_REACHED("bad action in the transaction");
+    }
+  }
+  delete aTrans;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Protected member functions
+
+//
+// Queue Handling
+//
+
+tmQueue*
+tmTransactionManager::GetQueue(const char *aQueueName) {
+
+  PRUint32 size = mQueues.Size();
+  tmQueue *queue = nsnull;
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+    queue = (tmQueue*) mQueues[index];
+    if (queue && strcmp(queue->GetName(), aQueueName) == 0)
+      return queue;
+  }
+  return nsnull;
+}
+
+// if successful the nsresult contains the index of the added queue
+PRInt32
+tmTransactionManager::AddQueue(const char *aQueueName) {
+
+  tmQueue* queue = new tmQueue();
+  if (!queue)
+    return -1;
+  PRInt32 index = mQueues.Append(queue);
+  if (index < 0)
+    delete queue;
+  else
+    queue->Init(aQueueName, index, this);
+  return index;
+}
+
+void
+tmTransactionManager::RemoveQueue(PRUint32 aQueueID) {
+  PR_ASSERT(aQueueID <= mQueues.Size());
+
+  tmQueue *queue = (tmQueue*)mQueues[aQueueID];
+  if (queue) {
+    mQueues.RemoveAt(aQueueID);
+    delete queue;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmTransactionManager.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmTransactionManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a03ba528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/module/tmTransactionManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _tmTransactionManager_H_
+#define _tmTransactionManager_H_
+
+#include "plhash.h"
+#include "tmUtils.h"
+#include "tmVector.h"
+#include "tmIPCModule.h"
+
+// forward declarations
+class tmQueue;
+class tmClient;
+class tmTransaction;
+
+/**
+  * This class manages the flow of messages from the IPC daemon (coming to
+  *   it through the tmIPCModule) that ultimately come from a Transaction
+  *   Service (TS) in a mozilla based client somewhere. The message is
+  *   delivered to the proper queue, where it is dealt with.
+  *
+  * New queues get created here as clients request them.
+  */
+class tmTransactionManager
+{
+
+public:
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Constructor(s) & Destructor & Initializer
+
+  /**
+    * reclaim the memory allcoated during initialization
+    */
+  virtual ~tmTransactionManager();
+
+  /**
+    * Set up the storage of the queues - initialize the vector
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK if successful
+    * @returns -1 if initialization fails
+    */
+  PRInt32 Init();
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Public Member Functions
+
+  /**
+    * Called from the tmIPCModule. Decide where to send the message and
+    *   dispatch it. 
+    */
+  void HandleTransaction(tmTransaction *aTrans);
+
+  /**
+    * Called by the queues when they need to get a message back out to a 
+    *   client.
+    */
+  void SendTransaction(PRUint32 aDestClientIPCID, tmTransaction *aTrans) {
+    PR_ASSERT(aTrans);
+    tmIPCModule::SendMsg(aDestClientIPCID, aTrans);
+  }
+
+protected:
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Protected Member Functions
+
+  // Queue management
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the queue indexed by the ID passed in, which could be nsnull
+    */
+  tmQueue* GetQueue(PRUint32 aQueueID) {
+    return (tmQueue*) mQueues[aQueueID];
+  }
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the queue with the name passed in
+    * @returns nsnull if there is no queue with that name
+    */
+  tmQueue* GetQueue(const char *aQueueName);
+
+  /**
+    * If all is successful a new queue with the name provided will be created,
+    *   and added to the collection of queues. It will be initialized and ready
+    *   to have transactions added.
+    *
+    * This doesn't check for the existance of a queue with this name. IF
+    *   there is already a queue with this name then you will
+    *   get that when using GetQueue(qName) and never get the new queue
+    *   created here. A call to GetQueue(qID) will be able to get at the new
+    *   queue, however you had better cache the ID.
+    *
+    * @returns -1 if the queue can't be created, or is not added
+    * @returns >= 0 if the queue was added successfully
+    */
+  PRInt32 AddQueue(const char *aQueueType);
+
+  /**
+    */
+  void RemoveQueue(PRUint32 aQueueID);
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Protected Member Variables
+
+  tmVector mQueues;
+
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3c7a7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65b126e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corp.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH = ../../../../..
+topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE = ipcd
+XPIDL_MODULE = ipcd_transmngr
+
+XPIDLSRCS = \
+  ipcITransactionService.idl \
+  ipcITransactionObserver.idl \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/ipcITransactionObserver.idl b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/ipcITransactionObserver.idl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7df965d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/ipcITransactionObserver.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(656c0a6a-5cb3-45ec-8cb6-e7678897f937)]
+interface ipcITransactionObserver : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+    * This gets called when a Transaction has been sent from the 
+    *   TransactionManager. If the data passed in needs to be stored
+    *   for longer than the life of the method the observer needs
+    *   to make a copy.
+    *
+    * @param aQueueID
+    *        The queue from which the transaction originated
+    *
+    * @param aData
+    *        The data to be sent.
+    *
+    * @param aDataLen
+    *        The length of the data argument
+    */
+  void onTransactionAvailable(in unsigned long aQueueID,
+                              [array, const, size_is(aDataLen)]
+                              in octet aData,
+                              in unsigned long aDataLen);
+
+  /**
+    * Called after an application sends an Attach message to the
+    *   Transaction Manager.
+    *
+    * @param aQueueID
+    *        The client has been attached to the queue with this ID
+    *
+    * @param aStatus
+    *        The status of the operation, as defined in tmUtils.h
+    */
+  void onAttachReply(in unsigned long aQueueID, in unsigned long aStatus);
+
+  /**
+    * Called after an application sends a Detach message. Indicates 
+    *   to the client that no more messages will be coming from the
+    *   the TM to this client. Also, no messages posted from this
+    *   client to the indicated queue will be accepted.
+    *
+    * @param aQueueID
+    *        The client has been detached from the queue with this ID
+    *
+    * @param aStatus
+    *        The status of the operation, as defined in tmUtils.h
+    */
+  void onDetachReply(in unsigned long aQueueID, in unsigned long aStatus);
+
+  /**
+    * The reply from the TM indicating all messages have been removed
+    *   from the queue indicated.
+    *
+    * @param aQueueID
+    *        The queue that has been flushed.
+    *
+    * @param aStatus
+    *        The status of the operation, as defined in tmUtils.h
+    */
+  void onFlushReply(in unsigned long aQueueID, in unsigned long aStatus);
+};
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/ipcITransactionService.idl b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/ipcITransactionService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0bcbc453
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/public/ipcITransactionService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+// from tmTransactionManager.h
+//
+// XXX documentation needs work
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//  Overview of TransactionManager IPC Module
+//
+// Classes:
+//    tmIPCModule - From the tmTransactionManager's point of view, this
+//        is a proxy for the IPC daemon itself. The reverse is true
+//        from the daemon's point of view. This is an interface for the
+//        Transaction system to work with the IPC daemon as its transport
+//        layer.
+//    tmTransactionManager (TM) - Manages the different queues. Maintains
+//        the queues neccessary for different clients. Receives messages
+//        from the tmIPCModule and passes message to the IPC daemon through
+//        the tmIPCModule.
+//    tmQueue - this class manages the transactions for the different areas
+//        of the profiles being shared. Broken down by functional area there
+//        will be  a queue for prefs, cookies etc, but not for profileA and 
+//        profileB, and not for pref_delete, pref_create, pref_change etc...
+//    tmTransaction - the actual transaction being shared with the different
+//        tmClients. It contains the type of transaction, which will equate with
+//        a type of queue in existance, the owner of the transaction (an IPC daemon ID)
+//        and the actual text message to be shared. 
+//
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/// XXX some docs that need to be put somewhere:
+//
+// from tmqueue.cpp
+// Docs - note that the status of the TM_ATTACH_REPLY is only for checking
+//            for TM_ERROR_FAILURE. Other numbers have no importance
+// success of the status means the NS_ERROR_GET_CODE(status) will 
+//     yield the index of the listener.
+//
+// move to documentation page - from tmqueue.h
+//
+// a queue is specific to profile
+//
+// UUID going out from the module is a handler in the client 
+//          (will go to the XPCOM service impling that UUID)
+//   -- does it make sense to have different UUIDs for cookies/prefs/etc
+//
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface ipcITransactionObserver;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(15561efb-8c58-4a47-813a-fa91cf730895)]
+interface ipcITransactionService : nsISupports
+{
+  /** 
+    * Connects the application to the transaction manager, defines the
+    *   namespace and initializes internal storage
+    *
+    * @param aNamespace
+    *        A string defining the scope of the transaction domains. It is
+    *        used internally to seperate process listening to the same domain
+    *        (ie. preferences) but for two different namespaces (ie. profile1 vs
+    *        profile2).
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK if all memory allocated properly and the IPC service was
+    *          reached and attached to successfully.
+    *
+    * @returns an NS_ERROR_<foo> code specific to the failure otherwise
+    */
+  void init(in ACString aNamespace);
+
+  /** 
+    * Links the observer passed in with the domain specified. This will allow
+    *   the observer to post transactions dealing with this domain as well as
+    *   receive transactions posted by other applications observing this
+    *   domain.
+    *
+    * Return codes for this method confer information about the success of
+    *   this call, not of the actual attaching of the observer to the domain.
+    *   (except the TM_ERROR code - which means the observer can not attach)
+    *   If the attach is successful the observer will have its OnAttachReply
+    *   method called before this method returns.
+    *
+    * Note: This call is synchronous and will not return until the call to
+    *       OnAttachReply is made.
+    * 
+    * @param aDomainName
+    *        the name of the domain, in the current namespace, to listen for
+    *        transactions from. i.e. cookies
+    *
+    * @param aObserver
+    *        this will be used to notify the application when transactions
+    *        and messages come in.
+    *
+    * @param aLockingCall
+    *        Have the Transaction Sevice acquire a lock based on the domain
+    *        before attaching. This should be used when persistant storage
+    *        is being used to prevent data corruption.
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK if the attach message was sent to the Transaction Manager.
+    *
+    * @returns an NS_ERROR_<foo> code specific to the failure otherwise
+    *
+    * @returns TM_ERROR_QUEUE_EXISTS if the queue already exists which means
+    *          someone has already attached to it.
+    */
+  void attach(in ACString aDomainName, 
+              in ipcITransactionObserver aObserver, 
+              in PRBool aLockingCall);
+
+  /**
+    * Sends a detach message to the Transaction Manager to unlink the observer
+    *   associated with the domain passed in. 
+    *
+    * As in attach, return codes do not indicate success of detachment. The
+    *   observer will have it's OnDetach method called if it is successfully
+    *   detached.
+    *
+    * Note: This call is an asynchronous call.
+    *
+    * @param aDomainName
+    *        the domain, in the current namespace, from which the client
+    *        should be removed.
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK if the detach message is sent to the Transaction Manager
+    *
+    * @returns NS_ERROR_FAILURE is something goes wrong
+    *
+    * @returns NS_ERRROR_UNEXPECTD if the domain does not have an observer 
+    *          attached
+    */
+  void detach(in ACString aDomainName);
+
+  /**
+    * Sends a flush message to the Transaction Manager to remove all
+    *   transactions for the domain. After this call there will be no
+    *   transactions in the Transaction Manager for the namespace/domain
+    *   pairing. It is up to the application to coordinate the flushing
+    *   of the Transaction Manager with the writing of data to files,
+    *   if needed.
+    *
+    * Note: This call is synchronous and will not return until the call to
+    *       OnFlushReply is made.
+    *
+    * @param aDomainName
+    *        The domain, in the current namespace, to flush.
+    *
+    * @param aLockingCall
+    *        Have the Transaction Sevice acquire a lock based on the domain
+    *        before flushing. This should be used when persistant storage
+    *        is being used to prevent data corruption.
+    *
+    * @returns NS_OK if the flush message is sent to the Transaction Manager
+    *
+    * @returns NS_ERROR_FAILURE is something goes wrong
+    *
+    * @returns NS_ERRROR_UNEXPECTD if the domain does not have an observer 
+    *          attached
+    */
+  void flush(in ACString aDomainName, in PRBool aLockingCall);
+
+  /**
+    * Send the data to the Transaction Manager to be broadcast to any
+    *   applications that have registered as observers of this particular
+    *   namespace/domain pairing.
+    *
+    * If this domain is not being observed (attach has not been called for
+    *   this domain) the message is queued until the attach is made and then
+    *   the message is sent to the Transaction Manager with the proper domain
+    *   information. 
+    *
+    *   XXXjg - this may not be neccessary with the synch attach call.
+    *
+    * Note: This call is an asynchronous call.
+    *
+    * @param aDomainName
+    *        the domain, in the current namespace, to which the data will be
+    *        sent.
+    *
+    * @param aData
+    *        The actual data to be sent.
+    *
+    * @param aDataLen
+    *        The length of the data argument
+    */
+  void postTransaction(in ACString aDomainName, 
+                       [array, const, size_is(aDataLen)]
+                       in octet aData,
+                       in unsigned long aDataLen);
+};
+
+%{C++
+// singleton implementing ipcITransactionService
+#define IPC_TRANSACTIONSERVICE_CLASSNAME \
+    "tmTransactionService"
+#define IPC_TRANSACTIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+    "@mozilla.org/ipc/transaction-service;1"
+#define IPC_TRANSACTIONSERVICE_CID \
+{ /* 1403adf4-94d1-4c67-a8ae-d9f86972d378 */         \
+  0x1403adf4,                                        \
+  0x94d1,                                            \
+  0x4c67,                                            \
+  {0xa8, 0xae, 0xd9, 0xf8, 0x69, 0x72, 0xd3, 0x78}   \
+}
+%}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7726b497
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+Makefile
+tmTransactionService.obj
+transmgr_s.lib
+transmgr_s.pdb
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6510e489
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corp.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH = ../../../../..
+topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE = ipcd
+LIBRARY_NAME = transmgr_s
+FORCE_STATIC_LIB = 1
+MODULE_NAME = ipcd
+
+REQUIRES	= string \
+		  xpcom \
+		  $(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS = \
+  tmTransactionService.cpp \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
+  -I$(srcdir)/../common \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/tmTransactionService.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/tmTransactionService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e53d6aa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/tmTransactionService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "ipcITransactionObserver.h"
+#include "tmTransaction.h"
+#include "tmTransactionService.h"
+#include "tmUtils.h"
+
+static const nsID kTransModuleID = TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID;
+
+struct tm_waiting_msg {
+  tmTransaction trans;      // a transaction waiting to be sent to a queue
+  char*         domainName; // the short queue name
+
+  ~tm_waiting_msg();
+};
+
+tm_waiting_msg::~tm_waiting_msg() {
+  if (domainName)
+    PL_strfree(domainName);
+}
+
+struct tm_queue_mapping {
+  PRInt32 queueID;          // the ID in the TM
+  char*   domainName;       // used by the consumers of this service
+  char*   joinedQueueName;  // used by the service -- namespace + domain name
+
+  ~tm_queue_mapping();
+};
+
+tm_queue_mapping::~tm_queue_mapping() {
+  if (domainName)
+    PL_strfree(domainName);
+  if (joinedQueueName)
+    PL_strfree(joinedQueueName);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Constructor and Destructor
+
+tmTransactionService::~tmTransactionService() {
+
+  // just destroy this, it contains 2 pointers it doesn't own.
+  if (mObservers)
+    PL_HashTableDestroy(mObservers);
+
+  PRUint32 index = 0;
+  PRUint32 size = mWaitingMessages.Size();
+  tm_waiting_msg *msg = nsnull;
+  for ( ; index < size; index ++) {
+    msg = (tm_waiting_msg*) mWaitingMessages[index];
+    delete msg;
+  }
+
+  size = mQueueMaps.Size();
+  tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
+  for (index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+    qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
+    if (qmap)
+      delete qmap;
+  }
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ISupports
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(tmTransactionService,
+                   ipcITransactionService,
+                   ipcIMessageObserver)
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ipcITransactionService
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+tmTransactionService::Init(const nsACString & aNamespace) {
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  
+  rv = IPC_DefineTarget(kTransModuleID, this, PR_TRUE);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // get the lock service
+  lockService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/ipc/lock-service;1");
+  if (!lockService)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // create some internal storage
+  mObservers = PL_NewHashTable(20, 
+                               PL_HashString, 
+                               PL_CompareStrings, 
+                               PL_CompareValues, 0, 0);
+  if (!mObservers)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // init some internal storage
+  mQueueMaps.Init();
+  mWaitingMessages.Init();
+
+  // store the namespace
+  mNamespace.Assign(aNamespace);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+tmTransactionService::Attach(const nsACString & aDomainName, 
+                             ipcITransactionObserver *aObserver,
+                             PRBool aLockingCall) {
+
+  // if the queue already exists, then someone else is attached to it. must
+  //   return an error here. Only one module attached to a queue per app.
+  if (GetQueueID(aDomainName) != TM_NO_ID)
+    return TM_ERROR_QUEUE_EXISTS;
+
+  // create the full queue name: namespace + queue
+  nsCString jQName;
+  jQName.Assign(mNamespace);
+  jQName.Append(aDomainName);
+
+  // this char* has two homes, make sure it gets PL_free()ed properly
+  char* joinedQueueName = ToNewCString(jQName);
+  if (!joinedQueueName)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // link the observer to the joinedqueuename.  home #1 for joinedQueueName
+  // these currently don't get removed until the destructor on this is called.
+  PL_HashTableAdd(mObservers, joinedQueueName, aObserver);
+
+  // store the domainName and JoinedQueueName, create a place to store the ID
+  tm_queue_mapping *qm = new tm_queue_mapping();
+  if (!qm)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  qm->queueID = TM_NO_ID;                   // initially no ID for the queue
+  qm->joinedQueueName = joinedQueueName;    // home #2, owner of joinedQueueName
+  qm->domainName = ToNewCString(aDomainName);
+  if (!qm->domainName) {
+    PL_HashTableRemove(mObservers, joinedQueueName);
+    delete qm;
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  mQueueMaps.Append(qm);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  tmTransaction trans;
+
+  // acquire a lock if neccessary
+  if (aLockingCall)
+    lockService->AcquireLock(joinedQueueName, PR_TRUE);
+  // XXX need to handle lock failures
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(0,                             // no IPC client
+                              TM_NO_ID,                      // qID gets returned to us
+                              TM_ATTACH,                     // action
+                              NS_OK,                         // default status
+                              (PRUint8 *)joinedQueueName,    // qName gets copied
+                              PL_strlen(joinedQueueName)+1))) { // message length
+    // send the attach msg
+    SendMessage(&trans, PR_TRUE);  // synchronous
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // drop the lock if neccessary
+  if (aLockingCall)
+    lockService->ReleaseLock(joinedQueueName);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// actual removal of the observer takes place when we get the detach reply
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+tmTransactionService::Detach(const nsACString & aDomainName) {
+
+  // asynchronous detach
+  return SendDetachOrFlush(GetQueueID(aDomainName), TM_DETACH, PR_FALSE);
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+tmTransactionService::Flush(const nsACString & aDomainName,
+                            PRBool aLockingCall) {
+  // acquire a lock if neccessary
+  if (aLockingCall)
+    lockService->AcquireLock(GetJoinedQueueName(aDomainName), PR_TRUE);
+
+  // synchronous flush
+  nsresult rv = SendDetachOrFlush(GetQueueID(aDomainName), TM_FLUSH, PR_TRUE);
+
+  // drop the lock if neccessary
+  if (aLockingCall)
+    lockService->ReleaseLock(GetJoinedQueueName(aDomainName));
+
+  return rv;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+tmTransactionService::PostTransaction(const nsACString & aDomainName, 
+                                      const PRUint8 *aData, 
+                                      PRUint32 aDataLen) {
+
+  tmTransaction trans;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(0,                       // no IPC client
+                              GetQueueID(aDomainName), // qID returned to us
+                              TM_POST,                 // action
+                              NS_OK,                   // default status
+                              aData,                   // message data
+                              aDataLen))) {             // message length
+    if (trans.GetQueueID() == TM_NO_ID) {
+      // stack it and pack it
+      tm_waiting_msg *msg = new tm_waiting_msg(); 
+      if (!msg)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      msg->trans = trans;
+      msg->domainName = ToNewCString(aDomainName);
+      if (!msg->domainName) {
+        delete msg;
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+      mWaitingMessages.Append(msg);
+    }
+    else {
+      // send it
+      SendMessage(&trans, PR_FALSE);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ipcIMessageObserver
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+tmTransactionService::OnMessageAvailable(const PRUint32 aSenderID,
+                                         const nsID & aTarget, 
+                                         const PRUint8 *aData, 
+                                         PRUint32 aDataLength) {
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; // prime the return value
+
+  tmTransaction *trans = new tmTransaction();
+  if (trans) {
+    rv = trans->Init(0,                      // no IPC client ID
+                     TM_INVALID_ID,          // in aData
+                     TM_INVALID_ID,          // in aData
+                     TM_INVALID_ID,          // in aData
+                     aData,                  // message data
+                     aDataLength);           // message length
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      switch(trans->GetAction()) {
+      case TM_ATTACH_REPLY:
+        OnAttachReply(trans);
+        break;
+      case TM_POST_REPLY:
+        // OnPostReply() would be called here
+        //   isn't neccessary at the current time 2/19/03
+        break;
+      case TM_DETACH_REPLY:
+        OnDetachReply(trans);
+        break;
+      case TM_FLUSH_REPLY:
+        OnFlushReply(trans);
+        break;
+      case TM_POST:
+        OnPost(trans);
+        break;
+      default: // error, should not happen
+        NS_NOTREACHED("Recieved a TM reply outside of mapped messages");
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    delete trans;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Protected Member Functions
+
+void
+tmTransactionService::SendMessage(tmTransaction *aTrans, PRBool aSync) {
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(aTrans, "tmTransactionService::SendMessage called with null transaction");
+
+  IPC_SendMessage(0, kTransModuleID, 
+                  aTrans->GetRawMessage(), 
+                  aTrans->GetRawMessageLength());
+  if (aSync)
+    IPC_WaitMessage(0, kTransModuleID, nsnull, nsnull, PR_INTERVAL_NO_TIMEOUT);
+}
+
+void
+tmTransactionService::OnAttachReply(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
+
+  // if we attached, store the queue's ID
+  if (aTrans->GetStatus() >= 0) {
+
+    PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
+    tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
+    for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+      qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
+      if (qmap && 
+          PL_strcmp(qmap->joinedQueueName, (char*) aTrans->GetMessage()) == 0) {
+
+        // set the ID in the mapping
+        qmap->queueID = aTrans->GetQueueID();
+        // send any stored messges to the queue
+        DispatchStoredMessages(qmap);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // notify the observer we have attached (or didn't)
+  ipcITransactionObserver *observer = 
+    (ipcITransactionObserver *)PL_HashTableLookup(mObservers, 
+                                                 (char*)aTrans->GetMessage());
+  if (observer)
+    observer->OnAttachReply(aTrans->GetQueueID(), aTrans->GetStatus());
+}
+
+void
+tmTransactionService::OnDetachReply(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
+
+  tm_queue_mapping *qmap = GetQueueMap(aTrans->GetQueueID());
+
+  // get the observer before we release the hashtable entry
+  ipcITransactionObserver *observer = 
+    (ipcITransactionObserver *)PL_HashTableLookup(mObservers, 
+                                                 qmap->joinedQueueName);
+
+  // if it was removed, clean up
+  if (aTrans->GetStatus() >= 0) {
+
+    // remove the link between observer and queue
+    PL_HashTableRemove(mObservers, qmap->joinedQueueName);
+
+    // remove the mapping of queue names and id
+    mQueueMaps.Remove(qmap);
+    delete qmap;
+  }
+
+
+  // notify the observer -- could be didn't detach
+  if (observer)
+    observer->OnDetachReply(aTrans->GetQueueID(), aTrans->GetStatus());
+}
+
+void
+tmTransactionService::OnFlushReply(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
+
+  ipcITransactionObserver *observer = 
+    (ipcITransactionObserver *)PL_HashTableLookup(mObservers, 
+                              GetJoinedQueueName(aTrans->GetQueueID()));
+  if (observer)
+    observer->OnFlushReply(aTrans->GetQueueID(), aTrans->GetStatus());
+}
+
+void
+tmTransactionService::OnPost(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
+
+  ipcITransactionObserver *observer = 
+    (ipcITransactionObserver*) PL_HashTableLookup(mObservers, 
+                              GetJoinedQueueName(aTrans->GetQueueID()));
+  if (observer)
+    observer->OnTransactionAvailable(aTrans->GetQueueID(), 
+                                     aTrans->GetMessage(), 
+                                     aTrans->GetMessageLength());
+}
+
+void
+tmTransactionService::DispatchStoredMessages(tm_queue_mapping *aQMapping) {
+
+  PRUint32 size = mWaitingMessages.Size();
+  tm_waiting_msg *msg = nsnull;
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index ++) {
+    msg = (tm_waiting_msg*) mWaitingMessages[index];
+    // if the message is waiting on the queue passed in
+    if (msg && strcmp(aQMapping->domainName, msg->domainName) == 0) {
+
+      // found a match, send it and remove
+      msg->trans.SetQueueID(aQMapping->queueID);
+      SendMessage(&(msg->trans), PR_FALSE);
+
+      // clean up
+      mWaitingMessages.Remove(msg);
+      delete msg;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// searches against the short queue name
+PRInt32
+tmTransactionService::GetQueueID(const nsACString & aDomainName) {
+
+  PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
+  tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+    qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
+    if (qmap && aDomainName.Equals(qmap->domainName))
+      return qmap->queueID;
+  }
+  return TM_NO_ID;
+}
+
+char*
+tmTransactionService::GetJoinedQueueName(PRUint32 aQueueID) {
+
+  PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
+  tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+    qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
+    if (qmap && qmap->queueID == aQueueID)
+      return qmap->joinedQueueName;
+  }
+  return nsnull;
+}
+
+char*
+tmTransactionService::GetJoinedQueueName(const nsACString & aDomainName) {
+
+  PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
+  tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+    qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
+    if (qmap && aDomainName.Equals(qmap->domainName))
+      return qmap->joinedQueueName;
+  }
+  return nsnull;
+}
+
+tm_queue_mapping*
+tmTransactionService::GetQueueMap(PRUint32 aQueueID) {
+
+  PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
+  tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
+  for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
+    qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
+    if (qmap && qmap->queueID == aQueueID)
+      return qmap;
+  }
+  return nsnull;
+}
+
+nsresult
+tmTransactionService::SendDetachOrFlush(PRUint32 aQueueID,
+                                        PRUint32 aAction, 
+                                        PRBool aSync) {
+
+  // if the queue isn't attached to, just return
+  if (aQueueID == TM_NO_ID)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  tmTransaction trans;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(0,         // no IPC client
+                              aQueueID,  // qID to detach from
+                              aAction,   // action
+                              NS_OK,     // default status
+                              nsnull,    // no message
+                              0))) {      // no message
+    // send it
+    SendMessage(&trans, aSync);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/tmTransactionService.h b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/tmTransactionService.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd9310fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/src/tmTransactionService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _tmTransactionService_H_
+#define _tmTransactionService_H_
+
+#include "ipcdclient.h"
+#include "ipcILockService.h"
+#include "ipcIMessageObserver.h"
+#include "ipcITransactionService.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "nsVoidArray.h"
+#include "plhash.h"
+#include "tmTransaction.h"
+#include "tmVector.h"
+
+struct tm_queue_mapping;
+
+/**
+  * The tmTransactionService shares packets of information
+  *   (transactions) with other Gecko based applications interested in the same
+  *   namespace and domain. An application registers with the Transaction Service
+  *   for a particular namespace and domain and then can post transactions to the
+  *   service and receive transactions from the service. 
+  *
+  * For applications using the Transaction Service to share changes in state that
+  *   get reflected in files on disk there are certain pattersn to follow to ensure
+  *   data loss does not occur. 
+  *
+  *   Startup: XXX docs needed
+  *
+  *   Shutdown/writing to disk: XXX docs needed
+  *
+  *
+  */
+class tmTransactionService : public ipcITransactionService,
+                             public ipcIMessageObserver
+{
+
+public:
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Constructor & Destructor
+  tmTransactionService() : mObservers(0) {};
+
+  /**
+    * Reclaim all the memory allocated: PL_hashtable, tmVectors
+    */
+  virtual ~tmTransactionService();
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Interface Declarations
+
+  // for API docs, see the respective *.idl files
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_IPCITRANSACTIONSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_IPCIMESSAGEOBSERVER
+
+protected:
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Protected Member Functions
+
+  /**
+    * Pulls the raw message out of the transaction and sends it to the IPC
+    *   service to be delivered to the TM.
+    *
+    * @param aTrans
+    *        The transaction to send to the TM
+    *
+    * @param aSync 
+    *        If TRUE, calling thread will be blocked until a reply is
+    *        received.
+    */
+  void SendMessage(tmTransaction *aTrans, PRBool aSync);
+
+  // handlers for reply messages from TransactionManager
+
+  /**
+    * Pulls the queueID out of the ATTACH_REPLY message and stores it in the
+    *   proper tm_queue_mapping object. Calls DispatchStoredMessages() to make
+    *   sure we send any messages that have been waiting on the ATTACH_REPLY.
+    *   Also calls the OnAttachReply() method for the observer of the queue.
+    */
+  void OnAttachReply(tmTransaction *aTrans);
+
+  /**
+    * Removes the tm_queue_mapping object and calls the OnDetachReply() method
+    *   on the observer of the queue detached.
+    */
+  void OnDetachReply(tmTransaction *aTrans);
+
+  /**
+    * Calls the OnFlushReply method of the observer of the queue.
+    */
+  void OnFlushReply(tmTransaction *aTrans);
+
+  /**
+    * Calls the OnPost method of the observer of the queue.
+    */
+  void OnPost(tmTransaction *aTrans);
+
+  // other helper functions
+
+  /**
+    * Cycle through the collection of transactions waiting to go out and
+    *   send any that are waiting on an ATTACH_REPLY from the queue
+    *   specified by the tm_queue_mapping passed in.
+    */
+  void DispatchStoredMessages(tm_queue_mapping *aQMapping);
+
+  // helper methods for accessing the void arrays
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the ID corresponding to the domain name passed in
+    * @returns TM_NO_ID if the name is not found.
+    */
+  PRInt32 GetQueueID(const nsACString & aDomainName);
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the joined queue name - namespace + domain 
+    *          (prefs, cookies etc) corresponding to the ID passed in.
+    * @returns nsnull if the ID is not found.
+    */
+  char* GetJoinedQueueName(PRUint32 aQueueID);
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the joined queue name - namespace + domain 
+    *          (prefs, cookies etc) corresponding to the ID passed in.
+    * @returns nsnull if the ID is not found.
+    */
+  char* GetJoinedQueueName(const nsACString & aDomainName);
+
+  /**
+    * @returns the tm_queue_mapping object that contains the ID passed in.
+    * @returns nsnull if the ID is not found.
+    */
+  tm_queue_mapping* GetQueueMap(PRUint32 aQueueID);
+
+  /**
+    * Helper method for Detach and Flush requests.
+    */
+  nsresult SendDetachOrFlush(PRUint32 aQueueID,
+                             PRUint32 aAction,
+                             PRBool aSync);
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Protected Member Variables
+
+  nsCString mNamespace;               // limit domains to the namespace
+  PLHashTable *mObservers;            // maps qName -> ipcITransactionObserver
+
+  tmVector mQueueMaps;                // queue - name - domain mappings
+  tmVector mWaitingMessages;          // messages sent before ATTACH_REPLY
+
+  nsCOMPtr<ipcILockService> lockService;  // cache the lock service
+
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/test/.cvsignore b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/test/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3c610be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/test/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+Makefile
+tmModuleTest.exe
+tmModuleTest.ilk
+tmModuleTest.pdb
+tmModuleTest.obj
+tmModuleTest
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/test/Makefile.in b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/test/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..385751a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/test/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corp.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+DEPTH		= ../../../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE = tm_test
+
+REQUIRES	= ipcd \
+		  nspr \
+		  string \
+		  xpcom \
+		  $(NULL)
+
+CPPSRCS = \
+  tmModuleTest.cpp \
+  $(NULL)
+
+SIMPLE_PROGRAMS	= $(CPPSRCS:.cpp=$(BIN_SUFFIX))
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
+
+LIBS = \
+  $(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
+  $(XPCOM_LIBS) \
+  $(NSPR_LIBS) \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
diff --git a/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/test/tmModuleTest.cpp b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/test/tmModuleTest.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d1dccd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libs/xpcom18a4/ipc/ipcd/extensions/transmngr/test/tmModuleTest.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corp.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+// transaction manager includes
+#include "ipcITransactionService.h"
+#include "ipcITransactionObserver.h"
+
+// ipc daemon includes
+#include "ipcIService.h"
+
+// core & xpcom ns includes
+#include "nsDebug.h"
+#include "nsIEventQueueService.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIComponentRegistrar.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+
+// nspr includes
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plgetopt.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Testing/Debug/Logging BEGIN
+
+const int NameSize = 1024;
+
+/* command line options */
+PRIntn      optDebug = 0;
+char        optMode = 's';
+char        *profileName = new char[NameSize];
+char        *queueName = new char[NameSize];
+
+char        *data = new char[NameSize];
+PRUint32    dataLen = 10;         // includes the null terminator for "test data"
+
+// Testing/Debug/Logging END
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, step) \
+    PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) { \
+        printf("*** %s failed: rv=%x\n", step, rv); \
+        return rv;\
+    } \
+    PR_END_MACRO
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kEventQueueServiceCID, NS_EVENTQUEUESERVICE_CID);
+static nsIEventQueue* gEventQ = nsnull;
+static PRBool gKeepRunning = PR_TRUE;
+//static PRInt32 gMsgCount = 0;
+static ipcIService *gIpcServ = nsnull;
+static ipcITransactionService *gTransServ = nsnull;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class myTransactionObserver : public ipcITransactionObserver
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_IPCITRANSACTIONOBSERVER
+
+    myTransactionObserver() { }
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(myTransactionObserver, ipcITransactionObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP myTransactionObserver::OnTransactionAvailable(PRUint32 aQueueID, const PRUint8 *aData, PRUint32 aDataLen)
+{
+    printf("tmModuleTest: myTransactionObserver::OnTransactionAvailable [%s]\n", aData);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP myTransactionObserver::OnAttachReply(PRUint32 aQueueID, PRUint32 aStatus)
+{
+    printf("tmModuleTest: myTransactionObserver::OnAttachReply [%d]\n", aStatus);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP myTransactionObserver::OnDetachReply(PRUint32 aQueueID, PRUint32 aStatus)
+{
+    printf("tmModuleTest: myTransactionObserver::OnDetachReply [%d]\n", aStatus);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP myTransactionObserver::OnFlushReply(PRUint32 aQueueID, PRUint32 aStatus)
+{
+    printf("tmModuleTest: myTransactionObserver::OnFlushReply [%d]\n", aStatus);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int main(PRInt32 argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // default string values
+  strcpy(profileName, "defaultProfile");
+  strcpy(queueName, "defaultQueue");
+  strcpy(data, "test data");
+
+  { // scope the command line option gathering (needed for some reason)
+
+    // Get command line options
+    PLOptStatus os;
+    PLOptState *opt = PL_CreateOptState(argc, argv, "bdfhlp:q:");
+
+    while (PL_OPT_EOL != (os = PL_GetNextOpt(opt)))
+    {
+	    if (PL_OPT_BAD == os) continue;
+      switch (opt->option)
+      {
+        case 'b':  /* broadcast a bunch of messages */
+          printf("tmModuleTest: broadcaster\n");
+          optMode = 'b';
+          break;
+        case 'd':  /* debug mode */
+          printf("tmModuleTest: debugging baby\n");
+          optDebug = 1;
+          break;
+        case 'f':  /* broadcast and flush */
+          printf("tmModuleTest: flusher\n");
+          optMode = 'f';
+          break;
+        case 'h':  /* broadcast and detach */
+          printf("tmModuleTest: hit-n-run\n");
+          optMode = 'h';
+          break;
+        case 'l':  /* don't broadcast, just listen */
+          printf("tmModuleTest: listener\n");
+          optMode = 'l';
+          break;
+        case 'p':  /* set the profile name */
+          strcpy(profileName, opt->value);
+          printf("tmModuleTest: profilename:%s\n",profileName);
+          break;
+        case 'q':  /* set the queue name */
+          strcpy(queueName, opt->value);
+          printf("tmModuleTest: queuename:%s\n",queueName);
+          break;
+        default:
+          printf("tmModuleTest: default\n");
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+    PL_DestroyOptState(opt);
+  } // scope the command line option gathering (needed for some reason)
+
+  { // scope the nsCOMPtrs
+
+    printf("tmModuleTest: Starting xpcom\n");
+   
+    // xpcom startup stuff
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIServiceManager> servMan;
+    NS_InitXPCOM2(getter_AddRefs(servMan), nsnull, nsnull);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIComponentRegistrar> registrar = do_QueryInterface(servMan);
+    NS_ASSERTION(registrar, "Null nsIComponentRegistrar");
+    if (registrar)
+      registrar->AutoRegister(nsnull);
+
+    // Create the Event Queue for this thread...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIEventQueueService> eqs = do_GetService(kEventQueueServiceCID, &rv);
+    RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "do_GetService(EventQueueService)");
+
+    rv = eqs->CreateMonitoredThreadEventQueue();
+    RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "CreateMonitoredThreadEventQueue");
+
+    rv = eqs->GetThreadEventQueue(NS_CURRENT_THREAD, &gEventQ);
+    RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "GetThreadEventQueue");
+
+    // Need to make sure the ipc system has been started
+    printf("tmModuleTest: getting ipc service\n");
+    nsCOMPtr<ipcIService> ipcServ(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/ipc/service;1", &rv));
+    RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "do_GetService(ipcServ)");
+    NS_ADDREF(gIpcServ = ipcServ);
+
+    // Get the transaction service
+    printf("tmModuleTest: getting transaction service\n");
+    nsCOMPtr<ipcITransactionService> transServ(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/ipc/transaction-service;1", &rv));
+    RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "do_GetService(transServ)");
+    NS_ADDREF(gTransServ = transServ);
+
+    // transaction specifc startup stuff, done for all cases
+
+    nsCOMPtr<ipcITransactionObserver> observ = new myTransactionObserver();
+
+    // initialize the transaction service with a specific profile
+    gTransServ->Init(nsDependentCString(profileName));
+    printf("tmModuleTest: using profileName [%s]\n", profileName);
+
+    // attach to the queue in the transaction manager
+    gTransServ->Attach(nsDependentCString(queueName), observ, PR_TRUE);
+    printf("tmModuleTest: observing queue [%s]\n", queueName);
+
+
+    // run specific patterns based on the mode 
+    int i = 0;       // wasn't working inside the cases
+    switch (optMode)
+    {
+      case 's':
+        printf("tmModuleTest: start standard\n");
+        // post a couple events
+        for (; i < 5 ; i++) {
+          gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
+        }
+        // listen for events
+        while (gKeepRunning)
+          gEventQ->ProcessPendingEvents();
+        printf("tmModuleTest: end standard\n");
+        break;
+      case 'b':
+        printf("tmModuleTest: start broadcast\n");
+        // post a BUNCH of messages
+        for (; i < 50; i++) {
+          gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
+        }
+        // listen for events
+        while (gKeepRunning)
+          gEventQ->ProcessPendingEvents();
+        printf("tmModuleTest: end broadcast\n");
+        break;
+      case 'f':
+        printf("tmModuleTest: start flush\n");
+        // post a couple events
+        for (; i < 5; i++) {
+          gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
+        }
+        // flush the queue
+        gTransServ->Flush(nsDependentCString(queueName), PR_TRUE);
+        // post a couple events
+        for (i=0; i < 8; i++) {
+          gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
+        }
+        // listen for events
+        while (gKeepRunning)
+          gEventQ->ProcessPendingEvents();
+        // detach
+        gTransServ->Detach(nsDependentCString(queueName));
+        printf("tmModuleTest: end flush\n");
+        break;
+      case 'h':
+        printf("tmModuleTest: start hit-n-run\n");
+        // post a couple events
+        for (; i < 5; i++) {
+          gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
+        }
+        // detach
+        gTransServ->Detach(nsDependentCString(queueName));
+        printf("tmModuleTest: end hit-n-run\n");
+        break;
+      case 'l':
+        printf("tmModuleTest: start listener\n");
+        // listen for events
+        while (gKeepRunning)
+          gEventQ->ProcessPendingEvents();
+        printf("tmModuleTest: end listener\n");
+        break;
+      default :
+        printf("tmModuleTest: start & end default\n");
+        break;
+    }
+
+    // shutdown process
+
+    NS_RELEASE(gTransServ);
+    NS_RELEASE(gIpcServ);
+
+    printf("tmModuleTest: processing remaining events\n");
+
+    // process any remaining events
+    PLEvent *ev;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(gEventQ->GetEvent(&ev)) && ev)
+      gEventQ->HandleEvent(ev);
+
+    printf("tmModuleTest: done\n");
+  } // this scopes the nsCOMPtrs
+
+  // helps with shutdown on some cases
+  PR_Sleep(PR_SecondsToInterval(4));
+
+  // no nsCOMPtrs are allowed to be alive when you call NS_ShutdownXPCOM
+  rv = NS_ShutdownXPCOM(nsnull);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "NS_ShutdownXPCOM failed");
+
+  return 0;
+}